Claron Hydraulic Seals Ltd Product Range · This catalogue may not be altered in any way, copied or re-produced in any form without written permission. PTFE / Plastic Faced Seals:-Claron
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Claron Group - ProductsHydraulic & Pneumatic Seals
Seal KitsPrecision Rubber Mouldings
PTFE Stock shapesBellows & Components
Plastics, GasketsValve Seats
The Claron Group of companies is one of the leading manufacturers of high quality hydraulic andpneumatic sealing products, marketing a range of seals under the “Polyseal” trade name.Based in the UK, it has expanded rapidly since its formation in 1973 and since 1985 hascontinued to develop modern manufacturing plants in both the West Midlands and South Devon.
A high level of expertise in the manufacture of rubber and plastics products enables the group toco-ordinate the design and manufacture of high quality seals using many specialist materials. Variouscombinations of rubber/fabric, polyurethane’s, PTFE Compounds, TPE, POM, UHMWPE, VESPEL, PEEKand Phenolic along with other high performance materials enables the Group to offer an extremelycomprehensive range of sealing products.
The extensive knowledge of modern materials necessary for the production of the “Polyseal” range ofproducts and the further development of specialist processing methods also provide thefacilities for other complementary ranges of products and customer related services. Claron is the UK’slargest manufacturer of stock shapes based on PTFE compounds specifically developed for sealingsystems. The quality of this range of products has gained the approval and widespread use of manydiverse industries whether supplied as P.T.F.E. semi-finished products or machined components.The trend towards the supply of quality seal kits, packaged to meet the requirements of bothproduction and aftermarket sales is also uniquely accommodated by the Group, being ideally suited tothe many diverse methods of manufacture available.Claron is not only a market leader but unique within the UK for the range of products manufactured.With the exception of both O-Ring production all the products shown in this catalogue aremanufactured by Claron within the UK, utilising modern in-house plant and stringent qualityprocedures to ISO Standards.
The Group is uniquely equipped to meet the demands of today’s sealing technology and acontinuing policy of product development with a commitment to quality and excellence ensures that theGroup will continue to be capable of meeting the future demands of the Hydraulics and Pneumaticindustries with products at the forefront of technology.
The Claron Group operate a quality management system, accredited through the BSI, to the BS EN ISO9002; 1994 standard.
ALL PRODUCTS ARE PRODUCED IN HOUSE IN THE U.K.EXCEPT FOR BULK RUBBER O- RING PRODUCTION.
PR8
ClaronPolyseal®
Section ADouble Acting Piston Seals
A
ClaronPolyseal®
SPSDouble Acting Piston Seal
Designed for use on one piece pistons, the five part assembly consists of an endless precision rubber mouldedsealing element supported at each end with angle split support rings. The support rings are designed to accommodatesplit Polyacetal anti-extrusion bearing rings.The design allows the anti extrusion bearing rings to react positively to increasing pressures. The final assemblyprovides a robust sealing unit designed to operate at higher pressures.The seal is also suitable for existing two piece pistons of the same housing dimensions.
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
Fit seal onto the piston in the following sequence.1- Rubber Sealing Element2- Support Rings3- Polyacetal bearing rings.
It is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.Refer to Appendix 3 for check list.
MetricImperial
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1for further information.
A1-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 80°C -30°C to 100°C0.50 400 Bar 300 Bar0.15 500 Bar 400 Bar
Continuous operating temperature for various fluids
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
A2-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Continuous operating temperature for various FluidsMaximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 80°C -30°C to 100°C0.50 175 Bar 110 Bar0.15 250 Bar 160 Bar
Designed for use on one piece pistons, the five part assembly comprises of a precision moulded rubber sealingelement to which are fitted endless P.T.F.E. anti-extrusion ring son the O.D. The anti extrusion rings are designed to bepre loaded on assembly thus effecting a more positive sealing arrangement. Split Polyacetal anti-extrusion bearingrings are added either side to provide support for the piston head.This compact one piece piston seal has proven to be popular and effective over a wide range of applications.
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
Fit seal onto the piston in the following sequence.1- Solid Anti Extrusion Ring.2- Rubber Sealing Element3- Solid Anti Extrusion Ring.4- Polyacetal bearing rings.
It is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.Refer to appendix 3 for check list.
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
Items marked * comprise of Sealing Element and two Split Bearing Rings only.
ClaronPolyseal®
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5F (mm)
0
100
200
300
400
500
Pressure Bar
DPDouble Acting Piston Seal
Note: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gapcompletely on one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 100°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectivelyreduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thusincreasing the pressure capability of the seal.
MetricImperial
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
A3-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Continuous operating temperature for various fluids
Designed for use on split pistons, the seal is a precision moulded Nitrile rubber element with bonded rubberised fabricreinforcements. The seal is designed with initial radial interference such that when fitted low pressure sealing is effected.Rubberised fabric has the advantage of retaining the sealing media within its surface, thus reducing friction and wear.Style DP has proven to be effective over a wide range of applications.
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.Maximum Diametral Clearance F
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 100°C0.50 250 Bar0.15 400 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
Designed for use on split pistons, the seal is a precision moulded rubber element with rubberised fabric reinforcements.Style DPE is fitted with Polyacetal anti-extrusion rings on the O.D. to allow larger machining clearances between thepiston head and cylinder bore, and to permit higher working pressures. The seal is designed with sufficient radial sectionalinterference that on complete assembly low pressure sealing is effected. The supporting rubberised fabric has the capabilityof retaining the sealing media thus assisting in reducing friction and wear. Style DPE has proven to be effective over a widerange of applications.
Continuous operating temperature for various fluids
Maximum Diametral Clearance F
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Note: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completelyon one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 100°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectively reducethe clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing thepressure capability of the seal.
A4-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 100°C0.50 250 Bar0.15 400 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
Designed for use on split pistons, the seal is a precision moulded rubber element with rubberised fabric reinforcements.Style DPW is fitted with clip on anti-extrusion bearing rings on the O.D. to allow larger machining clearances between thepiston head and cylinder bore, and to permit higher working pressures. The Polyacetal bearing rings also support thepiston head under side load conditions thus preventing metal to metal contact. The bearing rings are an integral part of theseal therefore react directly to operating pressures thus closing the extrision gap. The seal is designed with sufficientradial sectional interference that on complete assembly low pressure sealing is effected. The supporting rubberised fabrichas the capability of retaining the sealing media thus assisting in reducing friction and wear.Style DPW has proven to be effective over a wide range of applications.
Continuous operating temperature for various fluids
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions andmachining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
A5-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 100°C0.50 250 Bar0.15 400 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
Designed for use on split pistons, the seal is a precision moulded rubber element with rubberised fabric reinforcements asstyle DP but with additional full width Polyacetal anti-extrusion bearing rings at each end to allow larger machiningclearances between the piston head and cylinder bore, and to permit higher working pressures. The Polyacetal bearingrings also support the piston head under side load conditions thus preventing metal to metal contact. The seal is designedwith sufficient radial sectional interference that on complete assembly low pressure sealing is effected. The supportingrubberised fabric has the capability of retaining the sealing media thus assisting in reducing friction and wear.Style DPW/L has proven to be effective over a wide range of applications and is a popular alternative for existing housingdesigns.
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
Continuous operating temperature for various fluids
A6-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 100°C0.50 250 Bar0.15 400 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
Note: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable.i.e. gap completely on one side, in the temperaturerange of -30°C to 100°C. The use of a suitably selectedClaron bearing ring will effectively reduce the clearancegap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing thepressure capability of the seal.
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
A7-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 100°C0.50 250 Bar0.15 400 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
Designed for use on one piece pistons, the three part assembly consists of an endless precision rubber mouldedsealing element supported at each end with split polyester support rings.The seal is also suitable for existing two piece pistons of the same housing dimensions.
Continuous operating temperature for various fluids
Maximum Diametral Clearance F
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
JS.../HDouble Acting Piston Seal
JS 112/HJS 137/HJS 150/HJS 162/HJS 175/H
JS 200/HJS 225/HJS 250/HJS 300/HJS 325/H
JS 350/HJS 375/HJS 400/HJS 450/HJS 500/H
JS 550/H
1.1251.3751.5001.6251.750
2.0002.2502.5003.0003.250
3.5003.7504.0004.5005.000
5.500
0.7501.0001.1251.2501.375
1.5001.7502.0002.5002.750
3.0003.2503.2503.7504.250
4.750
0.1870.1870.1870.1870.187
0.2500.2500.2500.2500.250
0.2500.2500.3750.3750.375
0.375
0.0900.0900.0900.0900.090
0.1250.1250.1250.1250.125
0.1250.1250.1870.1870.187
0.187
0.0080.0080.0080.0080.008
0.0080.0080.0080.0080.008
0.0080.0080.0080.0080.008
0.008
Imperial
H11
ØD1 S CØd1
js11 Nominal Minimum Maximum
L1
0.4520.4520.4520.4520.452
0.5870.5870.5870.5870.587
0.5870.5870.7800.7800.780
0.780
A7-2issue 2 - 21/02/02
+0.025+0.015
R1
ClaronPolyseal®
DPDSDouble Acting Piston Seal Metric
Imperial
Claron Style DPDS double acting piston seal is a 5 piece assembly consisting of a Nitrile Rubber sealing elementsupported by 2 thermoplastic elastomer headers with Acetal anti-extrusion bearing rings on the O.D. The completeassembly forms a highly robust sealing unit for use in high pressure applications where shock loads and pressurespikes are present. This seal is widely used in the mobile plant industry.
Continuous operating temperature for various Fluids
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions andmachining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
Style DPDS is designed to be fitted onto a split piston as shown in the illustration below.The seal can be supplied split to ease fitting if required. For the seal to function correctly,it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
These range parameters are Maximum conditional values.Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
A8-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 100°C0.50 325 Bar0.15 600 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
Claron Style SFD is a single acting piston seal which may also be arranged back to back in pairs to form a double actingpiston assembly. The sealing element is manufactured from fabric reinforced Nitrile Rubber with either an Acetal or fabricreinforced Header ring. The seal assembly forms a highly robust unit resistant to shock loads and high pressures typicallyfound in mobile plant equipment.
Continuous operating temperature for various fluids
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
Style SFD is designed to fit back to back on a split piston. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care betaken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps. Refer to appendix 1for further information.
Note: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gapcompletely on one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 100°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectively reducethe clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing thepressure capability of the seal.
Maximum Diametral Clearance F
A9-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 100°C0.80 400 Bar0.15 600 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
Items in BOLD are to suit ISO 5597 housings.Suffix FH denotes Fabric reinforced header.
ClaronPolyseal®
SPWDouble Acting Piston Seal
Designed for use on one piece pistons, the seal assembly consists of a filled PTFE high performance outer sleeve, preloaded and pressure energised by a precision moulded NBR element. These two components are protected fromextrusion at either side by the fitting of two low friction plastic anti-extrusion rings making the seal highly resistant to shockloads as found in heavy duty mobile equipment. The housing dimensions are those used in standard metric J.I.S. cylinders.
Maximum Diametral Clearance F
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
Metric
Note: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gapcompletely on one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 100°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectively reducethe clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing thepressure capability of the seal.
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
Continuous operating temperature for various fluids
A11-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 80°C -30°C to 100°C4 350 Bar 280 Bar2 500 Bar 400 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number H9
CL1Ød1ØD1
Nominal+0.20-0.00-0.20
+0.00
3646505560
6570758085
909395
100105
102107112117122
127137142147157
162167177187197
202222
9.09.0
11.011.011.0
11.011.011.011.012.5
12.512.512.512.512.5
16.016.016.016.016.0
16.016.016.016.016.0
16.016.016.016.016.0
16.017.5
4.04.05.05.05.0
5.05.05.05.05.0
5.05.05.06.56.5
6.56.56.56.56.5
6.56.56.56.56.5
6.56.56.56.56.5
6.57.5
SPW 050SPW 060SPW 065SPW 070SPW 075
SPW 080SPW 085SPW 090SPW 095SPW 100
SPW 105SPW 108SPW 110SPW 115SPW 120
SPW 125SPW 130SPW 135SPW 140SPW 145
SPW 150SPW 160SPW 165SPW 170SPW 180
SPW 185SPW 190SPW 200SPW 210SPW 220
SPW 225SPW 250
5060657075
80859095
100
105108110115120
125130135140145
150160165170180
185190200210220
225250
SPWDouble Acting Piston Seal
Metric
A11-2issue - 21/02/02
ClaronPolyseal®
CSPGDouble Acting Piston Seal
Imperial
A12-1issue 2 - 21/02/02
Claron composite seals Style CSPG are designed as high pressure, Low Friction Double-Acting Piston Seals for usein heavy duty hydraulic cylinders as found in mobile equipment to American designs.
Claron Style CSPG consists of a glass filled high performance P.T.F.E. sealing eliment, energised by aprecision moulded rectangular section NBR rubber.
Temp -40°C to 120°CPressure upto 800 barVelocity upto 15m/sThese range parameters are maximum conditional values.Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Maximum Working Pressure for “Standard” seal applicationsusing specified tolerances and clearances.
Temp. range Temp. range-30°C to 80°C 80°C to 120°C 800bar 350 bar
Diametrical Clearance F shown in the graph is calcu-lated as the maximum permissible extrusion gap, allowing formovement due to side load, for various pressures andtemperatures upto 80°C. This product is intended for use witheither STYLE PBR or STYLE BGF Bearing Rings whicheffectively reduce the Radial clearance to a value nearer toF/2 thus increasing the pressure capability.The maximum seal extrusion gap should be calculatedallowing for all tolerances, movement and cylinder expansion.For pressures > 400 bar, the seal extrusion gap should bereduced by utilising smaller tolerances. e.g H8 for Cylinderbore, f8 for piston diameter either side of the seal.
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
ClaronPolyseal®
ClaronPart Number
Nominal Dimensions & Machining Tolerances
CSPGDouble Acting Piston Seal
Imperial
For F/2 values see note & table For E/2 values see Bearing Housing
A12-2issue 1 - 22/04/99
CSPG0200CSPG0250CSPG0275CSPG0300CSPG0325
CSPG0350CSPG0375CSPG0400CSPG0425CSPG0450
CSPG0475CSPG0500CSPG0525CSPG0550CSPG0600
CSPG0625CSPG0650CSPG0700CSPG0725CSPG0825
CSPG0925CSPG1050
H9
SL1Ød1ØD1
Nominal+0.10-0.00-0.20
+0.00
CNominal
2.0002.5002.7503.0003.250
3.5003.7504.0004.2504.500
4.7505.0005.2505.5006.000
6.2506.5007.0007.2508.250
9.25010.500
1.6252.1252.3752.4682.718
2.9683.2183.3383.5883.838
4.0884.2384.4884.7385.102
5.3525.6026.1026.3527.230
8.2309.420
0.1900.1900.1900.1900.190
0.1900.1900.2500.2500.250
0.2500.3750.3750.3750.375
0.3750.3750.3750.3750.375
0.3750.437
0.1870.1870.1870.2680.268
0.2680.3330.3330.3330.333
0.3830.3830.3830.3830.451
0.4510.4510.4510.4510.512
0.5120.542
0.1000.1000.1000.1500.150
0.1500.1500.1800.1800.180
0.1800.2000.2000.2000.250
0.2500.2500.2500.2500.260
0.2600.260
ClaronPolyseal®
CS 8Designed for use on one piece pistons, Claron Style CS8 consists of a precision moulded high performance 98°ShorePolyurethane outer sleeve, pre loaded and pressure energised by a square section NBR 80°Shore rubber element. Thecompact design allows smaller width pistons to be used, and offers excellent wear resistance on a wide range of surfacefinishes.
Maximum Diametral Clearance F
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
Double Acting Piston SealMetric
Polyurethane / Nitrile CompositeDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 40HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% NSHFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Note: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gapcompletely on one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 100°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectively reducethe clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing thepressure capability of the seal.
Continuous operating temperature for various fluids
A13-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 80°C -30°C to 100°C1.0 280 Bar 250 Bar0.5 450 Bar 400 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
For F/2 values see note & table For E/2 values see Bearing Housing
Designed for use on one piece pistons. The seal consists of a precision moulded high performance 98°Shore Polyurethaneouter sleeve, pre loaded and pressure energised by a square section NBR 80°Shore rubber element. The compactdesign allows smaller width pistons to be used. The seal offers excellent wear resistance on a wide range of surfacefinishes. Sizes conform to standard Japanese housings.
Continuous operating temperature for variuos fluids
Maximum Diametral Clearance F
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
Polyurethane / Nitrile CompositeDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 40HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% NSHFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Note: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completelyon one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 100°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectively reducethe clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing thepressure capability of the seal.
Double Acting Piston SealMetric
CSPGI
A14-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 80°C -30°C to 100°C1.0 280 Bar 250 Bar0.5 450 Bar 400 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
For F/2 values see note & table For E/2 see bearing housing
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
20.522.022.530.040.0
50.048.050.055.060.0
65.075.085.0
109.0124.0
144.0158.0178.0198.0202.0
228.0
4.54.54.54.54.5
4.57.57.57.57.5
7.57.57.57.57.5
7.511.011.011.011.0
11.0
2.03.53.53.54.0
4.04.04.04.04.0
5.05.05.06.56.5
6.56.56.56.56.5
6.5
H9L1
Ød1ØD1
Nominal
CSPGI 030CSPGI 031.5CSPGI 032CSPGI 040CSPGI 050
CSPGI 060CSPGI 063CSPGI 065CSPGI 070CSPGI 075
CSPGI 080CSPGI 090CSPGI 100CSPGI 125CSPGI 140
CSPGI 160CSPGI 180CSPGI 200CSPGI 220CSPGI 224
CSPGI 250
+0.20
30.031.532.040.050.0
60.063.065.070.075.0
80.090.0
100.0125.0140.0
160.0180.0200.0220.0224.0
250.0
h9 -0.00S C
Nominal
4.754.754.755.05.0
5.07.57.57.57.5
7.57.57.58.08.0
8.011.011.011.011.0
11.0
Double Acting Piston Seal MetricCSPGI
A14-2issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
Claron Composite Seals Style CS5 and Style 841 are designed as high pressure, low friction Double-acting piston sealsfor use in heavy duty hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders.Claron Composite Seals Style 841 is specifically designed for minimum leakage and slow rotary applications using thesame housing designs as Style CS5The inclusion of radial grooves on the P.T.F.E. element, from 20mm diameter onwards, allows rapid response tobi-directional pressure changes.
Standard materials are Bronze filled P.T.F.E with a Nitrile O-Ring Energiser but both the outer sealing element and theenergiser are available in a wide range of high performance materials to suit a variety of applications . The applicationparameters should be carefully considered prior to selecting suitable materials from the tables in Appendix 2.Consult Claron for further advice.
Temp -54°C to 200°C Dependent upon O-Ring Material usedPressure upto 800 barVelocity upto 15m/sThese range parameters are maximum conditional valuesOptimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Maximum Working Pressure for “Standard” seal applications using specified tolerances.Temp. range Temp. range-30°C to 80°C 80°C to 120°C 400bar 350 bar
Diametrical Clearance F shown in the graph to theright is calculated as the maximum permissible extrusiongap, allowing for movement due to side load, for variouspressures and temperatures upto 80°C. The use of a suitablyselected Claron bearing ring will effectively reduce the Radialclearance to a value nearer to F/2 thus increasing thepressure capability of the seal.The maximum seal extrusion gap should be calculatedallowing for all tolerances, movement and cylinderexpansion.For pressures > 400 bar, the seal extrusion gap should bereduced by utilising smaller tolerances. e.g H8 for Cylinderbore, f8 for piston diameter.
Double Acting Piston Seal
CS5 841 841
CS5
The full range of diameters applicable to the “Standard”, “Light” and “Heavy” Duty Sections are shown in thetable below
gnisuoH eroBrednilyC
noitceS htdiW dradnatS )1/(thgiL )2/(yvaeH
05.2 02.2 9.41ot8 9.93ot51
57.3 02.3 9.93ot51 9.97ot04
05.5 02.4 9.97ot04 9.231ot08 9.93ot51
57.7 03.6 9.231ot08 9.923ot331 9.97ot04
05.01 01.8 9.923ot331 085ot033 9.231ot08
52.21 01.8 085ot033 9.923ot331
00.41 05.9 085ot033
A15-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Metric
ClaronPolyseal®
MetricDouble Acting Piston Seal
CS5 841 841
CS5
When ordering, prefix the size reference with the style required and use the suffix shown in the material applicationtables Appendix 2.e.g. CS5 Standard section in Bronze filled material for 70mm diameter CS50700/B
CS5 Light duty section in Glass filled material for 70 mm diameter CS50700/1G841 Heavy duty section in Carbon filled material for 70 mm diameter 841-0700/2C
For O-Ring energiser materials other than Nitrile, use suffix shown in material table, Appendix 2.e.g Flourocarbon material (FKM), CS50700/B/FKM
For surface finish and lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For Housing dimensions and tolerances refer to thetable of recommended sizes, and Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
For F/2 values see note & tables For E/2 refer to Guide Tape page
For the seal to function correctly it is important that care is taken during fitting. For details refer to Appendix 3
A15-2issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining Tolerances
Claron
Nominal Dimensions & Machining Tolerances
Claron
CS50100/BCS50120/BCS50140/BCS50150/BCS50160/1B
CS50160/BCS50180/BCS50200/1BCS50200/BCS50220/B
CS50250/BCS50250/2BCS50254/BCS50280/BCS50300/B
CS50320/2BCS50320/BCS50350/BCS50360/BCS50381/B
CS50400/1BCS50400/BCS50420/BCS50450/BCS50480/B
CS50500/1BCS50500/2BCS50500/BCS50508/BCS50520/B
CS50550/BCS50600/BCS50630/1BCS50630/2BCS50630/B
CS50635/BCS50650/BCS50700/2BCS50700/BCS50750/B
CS50800/1BCS50800/2BCS50800/BCS50850/2BCS50850/B
CS50900/2BCS50900/BCS50950/2BCS50950/BCS51000/1B
CS51000/2BCS51000/BCS51016/BCS51050/2BCS51050/B
10.0012.0014.0015.0016.00
16.0018.0020.0020.0022.00
25.0025.0025.4028.0030.00
32.0032.0035.0036.0038.10
40.0040.0042.0045.0048.00
50.0050.0050.0050.8052.00
55.0060.0063.0063.0063.00
63.5065.0070.0070.0075.00
80.0080.0080.0085.0085.00
90.0090.0095.0095.00
100.00
100.00100.00101.60105.00105.00
5.007.009.007.50
11.00
8.5010.5015.0012.5014.50
17.5014.0017.9020.5022.50
21.0024.5027.5028.5030.60
32.5029.0031.0034.0037.00
42.5034.5039.0039.8041.00
44.0049.0055.5047.5052.00
52.5054.0054.5059.0064.00
69.0059.0064.5064.0069.50
69.0074.5074.0079.5089.00
79.0084.5086.1084.0089.50
2.202.202.203.202.20
3.203.202.203.203.20
3.204.203.203.203.20
4.203.203.203.203.20
3.204.204.204.204.20
3.206.304.204.204.20
4.204.203.206.304.20
4.204.206.304.204.20
4.208.106.308.106.30
8.106.308.106.304.20
8.106.306.308.106.30
2.502.502.503.752.50
3.753.752.503.753.75
3.755.503.753.753.75
5.503.753.753.753.75
3.755.505.505.505.50
3.757.755.505.505.50
5.505.503.757.755.50
5.505.507.755.505.50
5.5010.50
7.7510.50
7.75
10.507.75
10.507.755.50
10.507.757.75
10.507.75
0.300.300.300.500.30
0.500.500.300.500.50
0.500.800.500.500.50
0.800.500.500.500.50
0.500.800.800.800.80
0.501.200.800.800.80
0.800.800.501.200.80
0.800.801.200.800.80
0.801.501.201.501.20
1.501.201.501.200.80
1.501.201.201.501.20
0.200.200.200.300.20
0.300.300.200.300.30
0.300.350.300.300.30
0.350.300.300.300.30
0.300.350.350.350.35
0.300.400.350.350.35
0.350.350.300.400.35
0.350.350.400.350.35
0.350.500.400.500.40
0.500.400.500.400.35
0.500.400.400.500.40
CS51100/2BCS51100/BCS51143/BCS51150/2BCS51150/B
CS51200/2BCS51200/BCS51250/2BCS51250/BCS51270/B
CS51300/2BCS51300/BCS51350/BCS51400/BCS51500/B
CS51524/BCS51600/1BCS51600/2BCS51600/BCS51700/B
CS51800/BCS51900/BCS52000/1BCS52000/2BCS52000/B
CS52100/BCS52200/BCS52250/BCS52300/BCS52400/B
CS52500/2BCS52500/BCS52600/BCS52800/BCS53000/B
CS53200/2BCS53200/BCS53500/BCS53600/BCS53800/B
CS54000/BCS54200/BCS54500/BCS54800/BCS55000/B
110.00110.00114.30115.00115.00
120.00120.00125.00125.00127.00
130.00130.00135.00140.00150.00
152.40160.00160.00160.00170.00
180.00190.00200.00200.00200.00
210.00220.00225.00230.00240.00
250.00250.00260.00280.00300.00
320.00320.00350.00360.00380.00
400.00420.00450.00480.00500.00
89.0094.5098.8094.0099.50
99.00104.50104.00109.50111.50
109.00114.50114.00119.00129.00
131.40144.50135.50139.00149.00
159.00169.00184.50175.50179.00
189.00199.00204.00209.00219.00
225.50229.00239.00259.00279.00
295.50299.00325.50335.50355.50
375.50395.50425.50455.50475.50
8.106.306.308.106.30
8.106.308.106.306.30
8.106.308.108.108.10
8.106.308.108.108.10
8.108.106.308.108.10
8.108.108.108.108.10
8.108.108.108.108.10
8.108.108.108.108.10
8.108.108.108.108.10
10.507.757.75
10.507.75
10.507.75
10.507.757.75
10.507.75
10.5010.5010.50
10.507.75
12.2510.5010.50
10.5010.507.75
12.2510.50
10.5010.5010.5010.5010.50
12.2510.5010.5010.5010.50
12.2510.5012.2512.2512.25
12.2512.2512.2512.2512.25
1.501.201.201.501.20
1.501.201.501.201.20
1.501.201.501.501.50
1.501.201.501.501.50
1.501.501.201.501.50
1.501.501.501.501.50
1.501.501.501.501.50
1.501.501.501.501.50
1.501.501.501.501.50
0.500.400.400.500.40
0.500.400.500.400.40
0.500.400.500.500.50
0.500.400.600.500.50
0.500.500.400.600.50
0.500.500.500.500.50
0.500.500.500.500.50
0.600.500.600.600.60
0.600.600.600.600.60
Dimensions in bold type conform to ISO 7425-1 :1988
Intermediate sizes upto 580mm are available, incl. Imperial
F/2MAX
Ød1h9
L1+0.2-0.0
SNomSec
R1MAX
ØD1H9
F/2MAX
Ød1h9
L1+0.2-0.0
SNomSec
R1MAX
ØD1H9
Double Acting Piston Seal
CS5 841 841
CS5
A15-3issue 1 - 20/10/98
Metric
ClaronPolyseal®
Claron composite seals styles CS2 and CS 4 are designed for use in light duty hydraulic or pneumatic piston applications.Style CS2 covers the range of imperial sizes, and CS4 the metric sizes.
Claron composite seals style CS2 and CS4 as standard comprise of a Virgin PTFE outer sleeve and are energised by a75° shore hardness Nitrile rubber O-Ring. A full range of materials are available to suit a variety of applications.See tables in Appendix 2.
Maximum Working Pressure for “Standard” seal applications using specified tolerances.Temp Range: -40°C to +120°C (Dependent upon energiser material. See Appendix 2)Max. Pressure: 350 BarMax. Linear Speed: 15m/sThese range parameters are maximum conditional valuesOptimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps..Refer to Appendix 1 section for further information.
Diametral Clearance 'F''F' shown in the size tables is based upon Virgin P.T.F.E., temperatures up to 80oC and 350 Bar pressure in designs wherePTFE guide tape is utilised. For other pressures, refer to the graph shown below.
When ordering, quote the size reference shown on the dimensions table.If an energiser material other than the standard nitrile type is required, consult Claron for the part number to be used.
For F/2 values see note & Tables For E/2 refer to Guide Tape
0 5 0 1 0 0 1 5 0 2 0 0 2 5 0 3 0 0 3 5 00 . 1
0 . 2
0 . 3
0 . 4
0 . 5
0 . 6
0 . 7
0 . 8
P R E S S U R E ( B A R )
' F ' M A X . ( M M )
' F '0 . 0 0 8 " / 0 . 2 M M
' F '0 . 0 1 2 " / 0 . 3 M M
' F '0 . 0 1 6 " / 0 . 4 M M
Double Acting Piston Seal.CS 2CS 4
Imperial
Metric CS2 CS4
To use this graph, refer to the tables onfor the max. value of 'F' at 350 Bar thenapply the relevant curve for the variouspressures.
The maximum extrusion gap 'F/2' shouldbe calculated allowing for all movementsdue to tolerances, side-loads and cylinderexpansion.
For the seal to function correctly it isimportant that care is taken during fitting.For details refer to Appendix 3.
Claron D-Ring Seals are designed as high pressure, low friction Double-acting piston seals for use in heavy dutyhydraulic cylinders.The seals high pressure resistance makes it suitable for use in heavy duty applications where shock loads andpressure spikes occur, as found in mobile plant equipment.The inclusion of radial grooves on the P.T.F.E. element allows rapid response to bi-directional pressure changes.
Standard materials are Bronze Filled P.T.F.E. Outer Ring with a Nitrile O-Ring Energiser but both the outer sealingelement and the energiser are available in a wide range of high performance materials to suit a variety of applications.The application parameters should be carefully considered prior to selecting suitable materials from the tables.Consult Claron for further advice.
Temp. -54°C to 200°C Dependent upon O-Ring Material usedPressure upto 800 barVelocity upto 15m/sThese range parameters are maximum conditional valuesOptimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 section for further information.
Maximum Working Pressure for “Standard” seal applications using specified tolerances. Temp. range Temp. range -30°C to 80°C 80°C to 120°C 400bar 350 bar
Double Acting Piston Seal
D-Ring
Diametral Clearance F shown in the graph to theright is calculated as the maximum permissibleextrusion gap, allowing for movement due to side load,for various pressures and temperatures up to 80°C.The use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring willeffectively reduce the Radial clearance to a valuenearer to F/2 thus increasing the pressurecapability of the seal.The maximum seal extrusion gap should be calculatedallowing for all tolerances, movement and cylinderexpansion.For pressures > 400 bar, the seal extrusion gap shouldbe reduced by utilising smaller tolerances.e.g H8 for Cylinder bore, f8 for piston diameter andP.T.F.E tape seating diameter.
The full range of diameters applicable to the “Standard and “Light” Duty Sections are shown in the table below
gnisuoH eroBrednilyC
noitceS htdiW dradnatS )1/(thgiL
57.7 03.6 9.231ot07
05.01 01.8 023ot59
A17-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Metric
ClaronPolyseal®
Double Acting Piston Seal
D-Ring
When ordering, prefix the size reference with the style required and use the suffix shown in the material applicationtables.e.g. D-Ring Standard section in Bronze filled material for 70mm diameter D0700/B
D-Ring Light duty section in Glass filled material for 70 mm diameter D0700/1GFor O-Ring energiser materials other than Nitrile, use suffix shown in material table.e.g Flourocarbon material (FKM), D0700/B/FKM
For surface finish and lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For Housing dimensions and tolerances refer to thetable of recommended sizes, and Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
For F/2 values see note and tables For E/2 values refer to P.T.F.E. Guide Tape
For the seal to function correctly it is important that care is taken during fitting.For details refer to Appendix 3.
A17-2issue 1 - 20/10/98
Metric
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining Tolerances
Claron
Nominal Dimensions & Machining Tolerances
Claron
Double Acting Piston Seal
D-Ring
D0700/1B
D0750/1B
D0800/1B
D0850/1B
D0900/1B
D0950/1B
D1000/1B
D1050/1B
D1100/1B
D1150/1B
D1200/1B
D1250/1B
D1300/1B
D0950/B
D1000/B
D1050/B
D1100/B
D1150/B
D1200/B
D1250/B
D1300/B
D1350/B
D1400/B
D1450/B
D1500/B
D1550/B
D1600/B
D1650/B
D1700/B
D1800/B
D1900/B
D2000/B
D2100/B
D2200/B
D2300/B
D2400/B
D2500/B
D2600/B
D2700/B
D2800/B
D2900/B
D3000/B
D3200/B
70.00
75.00
80.00
85.00
90.00
95.00
100.00
105.00
110.00
115.00
120.00
125.00
130.00
95.00
100.00
105.00
110.00
115.00
120.00
125.00
130.00
135.00
140.00
145.00
150.00
155.00
160.00
165.00
170.00
180.00
190.00
200.00
210.00
220.00
230.00
240.00
250.00
260.00
270.00
280.00
290.00
300.00
320.00
54.50
59.50
64.50
69.50
74.50
79.50
84.50
89.50
94.50
99.50
104.50
109.50
114.50
74.00
79.00
84.00
89.00
94.00
99.00
104.00
109.00
114.00
119.00
124.00
129.00
134.00
139.00
144.00
149.00
159.00
169.00
179.00
189.00
199.00
209.00
219.00
229.00
239.00
249.00
259.00
269.00
279.00
299.00
6.30
6.30
6.30
6.30
6.30
6.30
6.30
6.30
6.30
6.30
6.30
6.30
6.30
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
7.75
7.75
7.75
7.75
7.75
7.75
7.75
7.75
7.75
7.75
7.75
7.75
7.75
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.50
0.60
0.60
DIMENSIONS IN BOLD TYPE CONFORM TO ISO 7425-1 :1988
A17-3issue 1 - 20/10/98
Metric
H9ØD1
R1Max
L1 SNomSec
+0.2-0.0
h9Ød1
L1 SNomSec
+0.2-0.0Part No. Part No.
F/2Max
H9ØD1
h9Ød1
R1Max
F/2Max
ClaronPolyseal®
Section BSingle Acting Piston Seals
B
ClaronPolyseal®
CPSingle Acting Piston Seal
Metric
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5F (mm)
0
100
200
300
400
500
Pressure Bar
Note: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gapcompletely on one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 100°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectivelyreduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thusincreasing the pressure capability of the seal.
CLARON STYLE CP is designed with a symmetrical profile for use as a single acting piston or rod seal. The seal is aprecision moulded Nitrile rubber sealing element with a bonded fabric reinforced base to resist extrusion. Designed withinitial radial interference to effect low pressure sealing, at higher pressures the seal is energised thus increasing thesealing force. Rubberised fabric has the advantage of retaining the sealing media within it’s surface, thus reducingfriction and wear. Style CP is produced with radial grooves incorporated into the top of the seal on the pressure side.This innovative design ensures a rapid energisation of the seal without excessive end float and resultant wear.
Continuous operating temperature for various Fluids
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.Maximum Diametral Clearance F
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.For Rod applications see Section C.
For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
B1-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
For F/2 values see note & table For E/2 see bearing housing
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 100°C0.50 250 Bar0.15 400 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
Note: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completelyon one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 100°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectively reducethe clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing thepressure capability of the seal.
CLARON STYLE P is designed with a symmetrical profile for use as a single acting rod or piston seal. The seal is aprecision moulded Nitrile rubber sealing element with a bonded fabric reinforced base to resist extrusion. Designed withinitial radial interference to effect low pressure sealing, at higher pressures the seal is energised thus increasing thesealing force. Rubberised fabric has the advantage of retaining the sealing media within it’s surface, thus reducingfriction and wear.Style CP is an effective seal over a wide range of applications.
Continuous operating temperature for various Fluids
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.Maximum Diametral Clearance F
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.For Rod application see section C.
For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
Single Acting Piston SealImperial
B2-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
For F/2 values see note & table For E/2 see bearing housing
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 100°C0.50 250 Bar0.15 400 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
P 056025P 062031P 062037P 075037P 075050
P 081043P 087050P 087062P 093056P 100062
P 100075P 109075P 112062P 112075P 112087
P 118068P 125075/1P 125075/2P 125087P 125100
P 125100/1P 131081P 137087P 137087/1P 137100
P 137112P 143093P 150087P 150098P 150100
P 150100/1P 150125P 156112P 162100P 162112
P 162125P 162125/1P 162125/2P 162130P 168118/1
P 175100P 175112P 175123P 175125P 175125/1
0.5620.6250.6250.7500.750
0.8120.8750.8750.9371.000
1.0001.0931.1251.1251.125
1.1871.2501.2501.2501.250
1.2501.3121.3751.3751.375
1.3751.4371.5001.5001.500
1.5001.5001.5621.6251.625
1.6251.6251.6251.6271.687
1.7501.7501.7501.7501.750
0.2500.3120.3750.3750.500
0.4370.5000.6250.5620.625
0.7500.7500.6250.7500.875
0.6870.7500.7500.8751.000
1.0000.8120.8750.8751.000
1.1250.9370.8750.9801.000
1.0001.2501.1251.0001.125
1.2501.2501.2501.3021.187
1.0001.1251.2351.2501.250
0.2500.2500.1870.2810.187
0.2810.2810.1870.2810.281
0.1870.2810.3750.3120.163
0.3750.3120.3750.3750.187
0.1210.3750.3750.2500.250
0.1870.3750.3750.3800.375
0.2500.1870.3430.4370.375
0.2810.2500.5000.2400.375
0.3750.4370.3400.3750.281
0.1560.1560.1250.1870.125
0.1870.1870.1250.1870.187
0.1250.1710.2500.1870.125
0.2500.2500.2500.1870.125
0.1250.2500.2500.2500.187
0.1250.2500.3120.2600.250
0.2500.1250.2180.3120.250
0.1870.1870.1870.1620.250
0.3750.3120.2570.2500.250
0.0930.0930.0930.0930.093
0.0930.0930.0930.0930.093
0.0930.0930.1250.0930.093
0.1250.1250.1250.0930.093
0.0930.2500.1250.1250.093
0.0930.1250.1560.1250.125
0.1250.0930.1250.1560.125
0.0930.0930.0930.0930.125
0.1870.1560.1250.1250.125
0.0100.0100.0100.0100.010
0.0100.0100.0100.0100.010
0.0100.0100.0150.0100.010
0.0150.0150.0150.0100.010
0.0100.0150.0150.1250.010
0.0100.0150.0150.0150.015
0.0150.0100.0150.0150.015
0.0100.0100.0100.0100.015
0.0320.0150.0150.0150.015
H10 NominalSec.
S
Min
C
Max
R1ØD1
+0.025+0.015
L1
js11
Ød2
PSingle Acting Piston Seal Imperial
B2-2issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
P 175125/2P 175137P 187125P 187125/1P 187125/2
P 187125/3P 187150P 187150/1P 193168P 200137/1
P 200137/2P 200137/3P 200137/4P 200148P 200150
P 200150/1P 200150/4P 200162/2P 212150/1P 212150/2
P 212175P 212175/1P 212175/2P 218150P 225150
P 225162P 225175/1P 225175/2P 225187P 237175
P 237200P 243175P 250175P 250187P 250187/1
P 250187/3P 250198P 250200P 250200/1P 250200/2
P 262187P 262200P 262200/2P 262200/3P 262212
1.7501.7501.8751.8751.875
1.8751.8751.8751.9372.000
2.0002.0002.0002.0002.000
2.0002.0002.0002.1252.125
2.1252.1252.1252.1872.250
2.2502.2502.2502.2502.375
2.3752.4372.5002.5002.500
2.5002.5002.5002.5002.500
2.6252.6252.6252.6252.625
1.2501.3751.2501.2501.250
1.2501.5001.5001.6871.375
1.3751.3751.3751.4851.500
1.5001.5001.6251.5001.500
1.7501.7501.7501.5001.500
1.6251.7501.7501.8751.750
2.0001.7501.7501.8751.875
1.8751.9802.0002.0002.000
1.8752.0002.0002.0002.125
0.2500.2810.4370.3120.500
0.4060.1720.2500.1870.375
0.4370.5000.3120.3400.375
0.4680.2500.2760.4370.468
0.1720.3000.2810.4370.468
0.4370.3750.4370.2650.437
0.1720.4370.5000.4370.375
0.3120.3600.3120.3750.343
0.6250.4370.3120.5000.375
0.2500.1870.3120.3120.312
0.3120.1870.1870.1250.312
0.3120.3120.3120.2570.250
0.2500.2500.1870.3120.312
0.1870.1870.1870.3430.375
0.3120.2500.2500.1870.312
0.1870.3430.3750.3120.312
0.3120.2600.2500.2500.250
0.3750.3120.3120.3120.250
0.1250.0930.1560.1560.156
0.1560.0930.0930.0930.156
0.1560.1560.1560.1250.125
0.1250.1250.0930.1560.156
0.0930.0930.0930.1560.187
0.1560.1250.1250.0930.156
0.0930.1560.1560.1560.156
0.1560.1250.1250.1250.125
0.1870.1560.1560.1560.125
0.0150.0100.0150.0150.015
0.0150.0100.0100.0100.015
0.0150.0150.0150.0150.015
0.0150.0150.0100.0150.015
0.0100.0100.0100.0150.032
0.0150.0150.0150.0100.015
0.0100.0150.0150.0150.015
0.0150.0150.0150.0150.015
0.0320.0150.0150.0150.015
NominalSec.
S
Min
C
Max
R1
+0.025+0.015
L1
H 10
ØD2
js11
PSingle Acting Piston Seal
Imperial
B2-3issue 1 - 20/10/98
Ød1
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
P 262225P 262225/1P 275200P 275200/1P 275200/2
P 275212P 275225P 275231P 287200P 287212
P 287225P 287237P 300200P 300212P 300225
P 300225/1P 300225/2P 300237P 300250P 306250
P 312237P 312250P 312250/1P 325250P 325250/1
P 325250/2P 325250/3P 325262P 325273P 325275
P 337262P 337275/1P 350250P 350275P 350275/1
P 350275/3P 350287P 350300P 362262P 362287
P 362300P 375275P 375300P 375300/1P 375300/2
2.6252.6252.7502.7502.750
2.7502.7502.7502.8752.875
2.8752.8753.0003.0003.000
3.0003.0003.0003.0003.062
3.1253.1253.1253.2503.250
3.2503.2503.2503.2503.250
3.3753.3753.5003.5003.500
3.5003.5003.5003.6253.625
3.6253.7503.7503.7503.750
2.2502.2502.0002.0002.000
2.1252.2502.3122.0002.125
2.2502.3752.0002.1252.250
2.2502.2502.3752.5002.500
2.3752.5002.5002.5002.500
2.5002.5002.6252.7352.750
2.6252.7502.5002.7502.750
2.7502.8753.0002.6252.875
3.0002.7503.0003.0003.000
0.1720.2100.4370.6250.562
0.3750.3750.3750.6250.562
0.4370.2810.7500.5000.375
0.5000.5620.4680.3120.437
0.5620.6250.3750.3750.562
0.6250.4680.5620.3400.375
0.5620.4370.7500.5620.375
0.5000.4700.3750.7500.562
0.3750.5000.5620.5000.375
0.1870.1870.3750.3750.375
0.3120.2500.2190.4370.375
0.3120.2500.5000.4370.375
0.3750.3750.3120.2500.281
0.3750.3120.3120.3750.375
0.3750.3750.3120.2570.257
0.3750.3120.5000.3750.375
0.3750.3120.2500.5000.375
0.3120.5000.3750.3750.375
0.0930.0930.1870.1870.187
0.1560.1250.0930.1870.187
0.1560.1250.2500.1870.187
0.1870.1870.1560.1250.125
0.1870.1560.1560.1870.187
0.1870.1870.1560.1250.125
0.1870.1560.2500.1870.187
0.1870.1560.1250.2500.187
0.1560.2500.1870.1870.187
0.0100.0100.0320.0320.032
0.0150.0150.0100.0320.032
0.0150.0150.0320.0320.032
0.0320.0320.0150.0150.015
0.0320.0150.0150.0320.032
0.0320.0320.0150.0150.015
0.0320.0150.0320.0320.032
0.0320.0150.0150.0320.032
0.0150.0320.0320.0320.032
NominalSec.
S
Min
C
Max
R1
+0.025+0.015
L1
PSingle Acting Piston Seal Imperial
B2-4issue 1 - 20/10/98
H 10
ØD2
js11
Ød1
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
P 375323P 387287P 387312P 400300P 400300/2
P 400325/1P 400325/2P 400350P 412337P 412350
P 425325P 425350/1P 450350/1P 450350/2P 450350/3
P 450375P 450375/1P 450400P 462362P 462362/1
P 475375/1P 475375/2P 475425P 487400P 487437
P 500400P 500425P 525400P 525425P 537437
P 550450P 550500P 575475P 600500P 600537
P 625525/1P 625525/3P 625550P 650550P 675575
P 700575P 700600P 700625P 775650P 800700
3.7503.8753.8754.0004.000
4.0004.0004.0004.1254.125
4.2504.2504.5004.5004.500
4.5004.5004.5004.6254.625
4.7504.7504.7504.8754.875
5.0005.0005.2505.2505.375
5.5005.5005.7506.0006.000
6.2506.2506.2506.5006.750
7.0007.0007.0007.7508.000
3.2302.8753.1253.0003.000
3.2503.2503.5003.3753.500
3.2503.5003.5003.5003.500
3.7503.7504.0003.6253.625
3.7503.7504.2504.0004.375
4.0004.2504.0004.2504.375
4.5005.0004.7505.0005.375
5.2505.2505.5005.5005.750
5.7506.0006.2506.5007.000
0.3600.6250.5620.6250.375
0.5620.5000.3750.5620.375
0.7500.5620.5620.7500.375
0.5000.4100.3750.7500.500
0.8120.7500.3750.6560.375
0.7500.5620.5000.7500.750
0.7500.3750.7500.7500.375
0.5310.8750.6870.7500.750
0.9370.7500.5621.0000.875
0.2600.5000.3750.5000.500
0.3750.3750.2500.3750.312
0.5000.3750.5000.5000.500
0.3750.3750.2500.5000.500
0.5000.5000.2500.4370.250
0.5000.3750.6250.5000.500
0.5000.2500.5000.5000.312
0.5000.5000.3750.5000.500
0.6250.5000.3750.6250.500
0.1250.2500.1870.2500.250
0.1870.1870.1250.1870.156
0.2500.1870.2500.2500.250
0.1870.1870.1250.2500.250
0.2500.2500.1250.1870.125
0.2500.1870.2500.2500.250
0.2500.1250.2500.2500.156
0.2500.2500.1870.2500.250
0.2500.2500.1560.2500.250
0.0150.0320.0320.0320.032
0.0320.0320.0150.0320.015
0.0320.0320.0320.0320.032
0.0320.0320.0150.0320.032
0.0320.0320.0150.0320.032
0.0320.0320.0460.0320.032
0.0320.0150.0320.0320.015
0.0320.0320.0320.0320.032
0.0460.0320.0150.0460.032
NominalSec.
S
Min
C
Max
R1
+0.025+0.015
L1
PSingle Acting Piston Seal
Imperial
B2-5issue 1 - 20/10/98
H 10
ØD2
js11Ød1
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
P 850725P 950837
8.5009.500
7.2508.375
0.6250.562
0.2500.250
0.0460.046
NominalSec.
S
Min
C
Max
R1
+0.025+0.015
L1
PSingle Acting Piston Seal
Imperial
B2-6issue 1 - 20/10/98
H 10
ØD2
js11
Ød1
1.0000.750
ClaronPolyseal®
GPSingle Acting Piston Seal Metric
Imperial
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5F (mm)
0
100
200
300
400
500
Pressure Bar
Note: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completelyon one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 100°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectively reducethe clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing thepressure capability of the seal.
CLARON STYLE GP is designed with a symmetrical profile for Piston or Rod applications. The seal is a precisionmoulded Nitrile rubber with a fabric reinforced base to resist extrusion. Designed with initial radial interference to effectlow-pressure sealing, the seal is progressively energised at higher pressures thereby increasing the sealing force.Rubberised fabric has the advantage of retaining the sealing media within it’s surface, thus reducing friction and wear.Style GP is designed to provide effective low pressure sealing through distortion of the lips rather than “squeeze”. Thisgives an improved response to pressure variations and reduces low pressure stiction to ensure a smoother return stroke.
Continuous operating temperature for various Fluids
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 section for further information.Maximum Diametral Clearance F
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.For Rod application see section C.
Style GP is designed for use on a split piston and may be used with Claron Seal Retainer Style PSR. For the seal to functioncorrectly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
B3-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
For F/2 values see note & table For E/2 see bearing housing
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 100°C0.50 250 Bar0.15 400 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
GPSingle Acting Piston Seal
GP157118GP196157GP236196GP279220GP275236
GP314236GP307248GP334275GP354275GP393314
GP433354
4050607170
80788590100
110
3040505660
6063707080
90
7.07.07.0
10.07.0
13.010.012.513.013.0
13.0
5.05.05.07.55.0
10.07.57.5
10.010.0
10.0
2.52.52.54.02.5
5.04.04.05.05.0
5.0
0.40.40.40.80.4
0.80.80.80.80.8
0.8
Metric
B3-2issue 1 - 20/10/98
NominalSec.
S
MinChamf.
C
Max
R1
+0.25-0.00
L1
H 10
ØD1
js11
Ød1
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
GPSingle Acting Piston Seal
GP 150100GP 200150GP 200150/1GP 212150GP 237200/1
GP 262200/1GP 300237GP 325250/1
1.5002.0002.0002.1252.375
2.6253.0003.250
1.0001.5001.5001.5002.000
2.0002.3752.500
0.3750.3750.4680.4680.360
0.3120.3120.562
0.2500.2500.2500.3130.188
0.3130.3130.375
0.1250.1250.1250.1560.093
0.1560.1560.187
0.0150.0150.0150.0150.010
0.0150.0150.032
Imperial
ØD1
H 10
L1Ød1
+0.025+0.015
js11 Nominal Max
R1
B3-3issue 1 - 20/10/98
Sec.S
MinChamf.
C
ClaronPolyseal®
CPESingle Acting Piston Seal
Metric
CLARON STYLE CPE is designed for use as a single acting Piston seal. The seal is a precision moulded Nitrile rubbersealing element with a fabric reinforced base to resist extrusion. Style CPE also has the added benefit of a clip on POManti-extrusion ring. Designed with initial radial interference to effect low pressure sealing, at higher pressures the seal isenergised thus increasing the sealing force. Rubberised fabric has the advantage of retaining the sealing media within it’ssurface, thus reducing friction and wear. Style CP is produced with radial grooves incorporated into the top of the seal onthe pressure side. This innovative design ensures a rapid energisation of the seal without excessive end float and resultantwear. Style CP is an effective design over a wide range of applications.
Continuous operating temperature for various fluids
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.For Rod application see section C.
Style CPE is designed to be fitted onto a spit and may be used together with Claron Style PSR retainer.For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to appendix 1 for further information.
Maximum Diametral Clearance FNote: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completely onone side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 100°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectively reduce theclearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing the pressurecapability of the seal.
B6-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 100°C0.50 250 Bar0.15 400 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
For F/2 values see note & table For E/2 see bearing housing
Claron Style PEO is designed for use as a single acting piston seal. The seal is a precision moulded Nitrile rubber sealingelement with a bonded reinforced fabric base and an acetal back up ring to resist extrusion. The acetal back up ring allowslarger clearances and higher pressures. The seal is designed with initial radial interference to effect low pressure sealing.At higher pressures the seal is energised thus increasing sealing . The rubberised fabric header has the advantage ofretaining fluid within its surface thus reducing both friction and wear.Style PEO is an effective seal over a wide range of applications.
Continuous operating temperature for various fluids
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions andmachining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
Style PEO is designed to be fitted onto a split piston, and may be used with a Claron Style PSR retainer. For the seal tofunction correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Maximum Diametral Clearance FNote: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gapcompletely on one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 100°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectively reducethe clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing thepressure capability of the seal.
B7-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 100°C0.50 250 Bar0.15 400 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
For F/2 values see note & table For E/2 see bearing housing
Claron Style GPE is designed for use as a single acting piston seal. The seal is a precision moulded Nitrile rubber sealingelement with a proportional bonded reinforced fabric base, and an acetal back up ring to resist extrusion. The acetal anti-extrusion ring allows larger clearances and higher pressures. Style GPE is designed to provide effective low pressuresealing through distortion of the lips rather than “squeeze”. This gives an improved response to pressure variations andreduces low pressure stiction to ensure a smoother return stroke. The seal is designed with initial radial interferance toeffect low pressure sealing. The rubberised fabric header has the advantage of retaining fluid within its surface thusreducing both friction and wear. Style GPE is an effective seal over a wide range of applications.
Continuous operating temperature for various fluids
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
Style GPE is designed to be fitted onto a split piston and may be used with Claron Style PSR retainer. For the seal tofunction correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Maximum Diametral Clearance FNote: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gapcompletely on one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 100°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectivelyreduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thusincreasing the pressure capability of the seal.
B8-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 100°C0.50 250 Bar0.15 400 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
For F/2 values see note & table For E/2 see bearing housing
Designed for use on split pistons, the seal is a precision moulded rubber element with a reinforced fabric base. The seal isfitted with Polyacetal anti-extrusion wear rings on the O.D. to allow larger machining clearances between the piston headand cylinder bore, and to permit higher working pressures. The seal is designed with sufficient radial sectional interferencethat on complete assembly low pressure sealing is effected. The supporting rubberised fabric has the capability of retainingthe sealing media thus assisting in reducing friction and wear. Style PW has proven to be effective over a wide range ofapplications.
Continuous operating temperature for various fluids
Maximum Diametral Clearance F
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
Style PW is designed to be fitted onto a split piston and may be used with Claron seal retainer Style PSR. For the seal tofunction correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer toAppendix 3.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Note: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gapcompletely on one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 100°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectivelyreduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thusincreasing the pressure capability of the seal.
B9-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
For F/2 values see note & table For E/2 see bearing housing
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 100°C0.50 250 Bar0.15 400 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
Claron Style GPW is designed for use as a single acting piston seal The seal is a precision moulded Nitrile rubber sealingelement with a proportional bonded reinforced NBR header and an acetal bearing ring to resist extrusion. The acetalbearing ring resists extrusion of the seal to allow greater clearances and higher pressures, and provides bearing support forthe piston preventing misalignment and metal to metal contact between piston and bore.Style GPW is designed to provideeffective low pressure sealing through distortion of the lips rather than “squeeze”. This gives an improved response topressure variations and reduces low pressure stiction to ensure a smoother return stroke. Style GPW has proven to beeffective over a wide range of applications.
Continuous operating temperature for various fluids
Maximum Diametral Clearance F
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
Style GPW is designed to be fitted onto a split piston and may be used with Claron Style PSR retainer. For the seal tofunction correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Note: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gapcompletely on one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 100°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectivelyreduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thusincreasing the pressure capability of the seal.
B10-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
For F/2 values see note & table For E/2 see bearing housing
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 100°C0.50 250 Bar0.15 400 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
Maximum Diametral Clearance FNote: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completelyon one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 100°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectively reducethe clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing thepressure capability of the seal.
CLARON STYLE PW.../L is a precision moulded Nitrile rubber with a fabric reinforced base. Produced with initial radialinterference to effect low-pressure sealing, the seal is progressively energised at higher pressures thereby increasing thesealing force. Rubberised fabric has the advantage of retaining the sealing media within it’s surface, thus reducing frictionand wear. The full width polyacetal bearing ring resists extrusion of the seal to allow greater clearances and higherpressures, and provides bearing support for the piston preventing misalignment and metal to metal contact betweenpiston and bore.
Continuous operating temperature for various Fluids
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 section for further information.
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
Style PW/L is designed to be fitted onto a split piston and may be used with Claron seal retainer Style PSR.For the seal tofunction correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer toAppendix 3.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
issue 1 - 20/10/98
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 100°C0.50 250 Bar0.15 400 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
For F/2 values see note & table For E/2 see bearing housing
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 40HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% nsHFD R Phosphoric acid ester based nsHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based nsHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S nsHEPG Polyglycol based nsHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based 60
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Maximum Diametral Clearance FNote: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gapcompletely on one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 80°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectivelyreduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thusincreasing the pressure capability of the seal.
B12-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Continuous operating temperature for various FluidsMaximum Pressure
Max Speed Temp. Range Temp. Rangem/s -40°C to 80°C -40°C to 110°C0.50 280 Bar 250 Bar0.15 400 Bar 350 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
The Claron style CPU is a symmetrical profiled lip seal manufactured in a high performance grade of Polyurethane and issuitable for both piston and rod sealing. The sealing lips are machine trimmed to ensure dimensional consistency andgood low pressure sealing. Polyurethane exhibits outstanding abrasion and extrusion resistance.
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.Refer to section C for rod application.
For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
CPU
CPU 062039CPU 078047CPU 078055CPU 086063CPU 098055
CPU 098063CPU 098070CPU 102063CPU 102070CPU 110078
CPU 110078/1CPU 110078/2CPU 118078CPU 118086CPU 118088
CPU 129098CPU 129098/1CPU 129098/2CPU 137098CPU 137098/1
CPU 137098/2CPU 139110CPU 149098CPU 157078CPU 157098
CPU 157118CPU 157118/1CPU 163124CPU 165118CPU 165125
CPU 169110CPU 173141CPU 177118CPU 177137CPU 177137/1
CPU 181141CPU 196118CPU 196137CPU 196157CPU 196157/2
CPU 196157/3CPU 196165CPU 216149CPU216157CPU 216177/1
Max.
R1
js11 +0.25 -0.00
L1 Ød1
Nominal
S C
Min
L2
NominalH10
ØD1
Single Acting Piston Seal Metric
10.0012.0014.0016.0014.00
16.0018.0016.0018.0020.00
20.0020.0020.0022.0022.40
25.0025.0025.0025.0025.00
25.0028.0025.0020.0025.00
30.0030.0031.5030.0032.00
28.0036.0030.0035.0035.00
36.0030.0035.0040.0040.00
40.0042.0038.0040.0045.00
5.009.004.505.006.10
8.256.758.755.707.25
5.704.508.756.755.70
6.308.755.608.75
10.75
7.505.70
10.7512.0010.75
10.757.007.00
10.756.30
11.008.75
10.7510.757.00
8.0010.7510.7510.755.75
7.006.30
10.7510.756.75
4.408.404.004.405.50
7.506.008.005.006.50
5.004.008.006.005.00
5.708.005.008.00
10.00
7.305.00
10.0011.0010.00
10.006.006.00
10.005.80
10.008.00
10.0010.006.00
7.3010.0010.0010.005.00
6.005.80
10.0010.006.00
4.004.003.003.005.50
4.503.505.004.004.00
4.004.005.004.003.80
4.004.004.005.005.00
5.003.756.50
10.007.50
5.005.005.006.005.00
7.504.007.505.005.00
5.0010.007.505.005.00
5.004.008.507.505.00
3.003.003.003.004.004.00
3.004.003.003.00
3.003.004.003.003.00
3.003.003.004.004.00
4.003.004.005.005.00
4.004.004.004.004.00
5.003.005.004.004.00
4.004.005.004.004.00
4.003.005.005.004.00
0.200.200.200.200.30
0.300.200.300.200.20
0.300.200.300.200.30
0.200.200.200.300.30
0.300.200.300.400.40
0.300.300.300.300.30
0.400.200.300.300.30
0.300.300.400.300.30
0.300.200.400.400.30
16.0020.0020.0022.0025.00
25.0025.0026.0026.0028.00
28.0028.0030.0030.0030.00
33.0033.0033.0035.0035.00
35.0035.5038.0040.0040.00
40.0040.0041.5042.0042.00
43.0044.0045.0045.0045.00
46.0050.0050.0050.0050.00
50.0050.0055.0055.0055.00
B12-2issue 3 - 10/11/09
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
ClaronPolyseal®
CPU 216177CPU 236157CPU 236157/1CPU 236177CPU236196
CPU 236196/1CPU 248208CPU 255177CPU 255196CPU 255216/2
CPU 255216CPU 275196CPU 275196/1CPU 275196/2CPU 275236/1
CPU 275236CPU 295216CPU 295255CPU 295255/1CPU 295255/2
CPU 307228CPU 314236CPU 314236/1CPU 314255CPU 314275/3
CPU 314275/1CPU 314275/2CPU 314275CPU 334255CPU 334275
CPU 334295CPU 354275CPU 354295CPU 354314/1CPU 354314
CPU 374295CPU 374314CPU 393314CPU 393334/1CPU 393334
CPU 413334CPU 4133354/1CPU 413354CPU 433354CPU 433374/1
Max.
R1
js11 +0.25 -0.00
L1 Ød1
Nominal
S CMin
L2
NominalH10
ØD1
55.0060.0060.0060.0060.00
60.0063.0065.0065.0065.00
65.0070.0070.0070.0070.00
70.0075.0075.0075.0075.00
78.0080.0080.0080.0080.00
80.0080.0080.0085.0085.00
85.0090.0090.0090.0090.00
95.0095.00
100.00100.00100.00
105.00105.00105.00110.00110.00
45.0040.0040.0045.0050.00
50.0053.0045.0050.0055.00
55.0050.0050.0050.0060.00
60.0055.0065.0065.0065.00
58.0060.0060.0065.0070.00
70.0070.0070.0065.0070.00
75.0070.0075.0080.0080.00
75.0080.0080.0085.0085.00
85.0090.0090.0090.0095.00
10.7512.7519.0010.7510.75
7.006.75
10.7510.757.00
12.7512.7510.7519.007.00
12.7513.0012.7510.757.00
16.0012.7519.0012.757.00
9.0011.0012.7513.0012.75
7.0012.7512.757.00
12.75
13.0010.7512.7510.0012.75
13.0010.0012.7513.0010.00
10.0012.0018.0010.0010.00
6.006.00
10.0010.006.00
12..0012.0010.0018.006.00
12.0012.0012.0010.006.00
15.0012.0018.0012.006.00
8.0010.0012.0012.0012.00
6.0012.0012.006.00
12.00
12.0010.0012.009.00
12.00
12.009.00
12.0012.009.00
5.0010.0010.007.505.00
5.005.00
10.007.505.00
5.0010.0010.0010.005.00
5.0010.005.005.005.00
5.0010.0010.007.505.00
5.005.005.00
10.007.50
5.0010.007.505.005.00
10.007.50
10.007.507.50
10.007.507.50
10.007.50
4.005.005.005.004.00
4.004.005.005.004.00
4.005.005.005.004.00
4.005.004.004.004.00
4.005.005.005.004.00
4.004.004.005.005.00
4.005.005.004.004.00
5.005.005.005.005.00
5.005.005.005.005.00
0.300.400.400.400.30
0.300.300.400.400.30
0.300.400.400.400.30
0.300.600.300.300.30
0.300.400.400.400.30
0.300.300.300.600.40
0.300.400.400.300.30
0.600.400.400.400.40
0.600.400.400.600.40
CPUSingle Acting Piston Seal Metric
B12-3issue 2 - 21/02/02
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
B12-4issue 2 - 21/02/02
CPUMax.js11 +0.25
-0.00Nominal MinNominalH10
Single Acting Piston Seal Metric
R1L1 Ød1 S CL2ØD1
CPU 433374CPU 452374CPU 452393/1CPU 452393CPU 472393
CPU 492393CPU492413CPU 492413/1CPU 492433CPU 492440
CPU 492452CPU 511433CPU 551472CPU 551492CPU 570492
CPU 590511CPU 590535CPU 610551CPU 629551CPU 629570
CPU 669590
110.00115.00115.00115.00120.00
125.00125.00125.00125.00125.00
125.00130.00140.00140.00145.00
150.00150.00155.00160.00160.00
170.00
95.0095.00
100.00100.00100.00
100.00105.00105.00110.00112.00
115.00110.00120.00125.00125.00
130.00136.00140.00140.00145.00
150.00
12.7513.0010.0012.7513.00
15.7517.0013.0012.7510.00
12.7517.0017.0010.0017.00
17.0010.0010.0017.0010.00
17.00
12.0012.009.00
12.0012.00
15.0015.0012.0012.009.00
12.0015.0015.009.00
15.00
15.009.009.00
15.009.00
15.00
7.5010.007.507.50
10.00
12.5010.0010.007.506.50
5.0010.0010.007.50
10.00
10.007.507.50
10.007.50
10.00
5.005.005.005.005.20
6.505.005.005.005.00
4.005.005.005.005.00
5.005.005.005.005.00
5.00
0.400.600.400.400.60
0.600.600.600.400.30
0.300.600.600.400.60
0.600.400.400.600.40
0.60
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
ClaronPolyseal®
js11 +0.010 -0.000
Nominal MinNominalH10 Max.
CPUSingle Acting Piston Seal Imperial
CPU 056031CPU 100062CPU 100062/1CPU 125087CPU 150100
CPU 162112CPU 175112CPU 175125CPU 175125/1CPU 187150
CPU 200137CPU 200137/1CPU 225150CPU 225162CPU 237175
CPU 237175/1CPU 250150CPU 250212CPU 262200CPU 262200/1
CPU 262212CPU 275200CPU 287187CPU 300225CPU 300237
CPU 312250CPU 325262CPU 337275CPU 350250CPU 350275
CPU 362300CPU 362300/1CPU 375300CPU 387325CPU 400300
CPU 412337CPU 425350CPU 425362CPU 450350CPU 487425
CPU 500437CPU 525462CPU 600537CPU 700637
0.3120.6250.6250.8751.000
1.1251.1251.2501.2501.500
1.3751.3751.5001.6251.750
1.7501.5002.1252.0002.000
2.1252.0001.8752.2502.375
2.5002.6252.7502.5002.750
3.0003.0003.0003.2503.000
3.3753.5003.6253.5004.250
4.3754.6255.3756.375
0.2750.3000.2080.2080.275
0.5500.5500.3120.3950.275
0.5820.5200.5500.4570.582
0.3950.6650.2800.5820.340
0.3950.5200.6650.5200.582
0.5820.5820.5820.7300.520
0.5820.3400.5200.5820.730
0.5820.5300.5820.7300.582
0.5820.5820.5820.582
0.2500.2810.1870.1870.250
0.5000.5000.2800.3750.250
0.5620.5000.5000.4370.562
0.3750.6250.2500.5620.312
0.3750.5000.6250.5000.562
0.5620.5620.5620.6870.500
0.5620.3120.5000.5620.687
0.5620.5000.5620.6870.562
0.5620.5620.5620.562
0.1250.1870.1870.1870.250
0.2500.3120.2500.2500.187
0.3120.3120.3750.3120.312
0.3120.5000.1870.3120.312
0.2500.3750.5000.3750.312
0.3120.3120.3120.5000.375
0.3120.3120.3750.3120.500
0.3750.3750.3120.5000.312
0.3120.3120.3120.312
0.0930.0930.0930.0930.125
0.1250.1560.1250.1250.093
0.1560.1560.1870.1560.156
0.1560.1560.0930.1560.156
0.1250.1870.2160.1870.156
0.1560.1560.1560.2160.187
0.1560.1560.1870.1560.216
0.1560.1560.1560.2160.156
0.1560.1560.1560.156
0.0160.0160.0160.0160.032
0.0320.0320.0320.0320.016
0.0320.0320.0460.0320.032
0.0320.0320.0160.0320.032
0.0320.0460.0460.0460.032
0.0320.0320.0320.0460.046
0.0320.0320.0460.0320.046
0.0320.0320.0320.0460.032
0.0320.0320.0320.032
0.5621.0001.0001.2501.500
1.6251.7501.7501.7501.875
2.0002.0002.2502.2502.375
2.3752.5002.5002.6252.625
2.6252.7502.8753.0003.000
3.1253.2503.3753.5003.500
3.6253.6253.7503.8754.000
4.1254.2504.2504.5004.875
5.0005.2506.0007.000
R1L1 Ød1 S CL2ØD1
B12-5issue 3 - 13/11/09
ClaronPolyseal®
0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
F mm
0
100
200
300
400
500
Pressure Bar
CPU.../PSingle Acting AU Piston Seal
AU PolyurethaneDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 40HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% nsHFD R Phosphoric acid ester based nsHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based nsHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S nsHEPG Polyglycol based nsHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based 60
Note: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completelyon one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 80°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectively reducethe clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing thepressure capability of the seal.
Metric
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to appendix 1 for further information.
B13-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Maximum Diametral clearance F
Continuous operating temperature for various fluidsMaximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range
m/s -40°C to 80°C -40°C to 110°C0.50 280 Bar 250 Bar0.15 400 Bar 350 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
The Claron style CPU.../P is an asymmetrical profiled lip seal manufactured in a high performance grade of Polyurethaneand is suitable for piston sealing. The sealing lips are machine trimmed to ensure dimensional consistency and good lowpressure sealing. Polyurethane exhibits outstanding abrasion and extrusion resistance. The offset lip design allows rapidenergization of the seal without excessive axial movement.
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
ClaronPolyseal®
Max.
R1
js11 +0.25 -0.00
L1 Ød1
Nominal
S C
Min
L2
NominalH9
ØD1
CPU 125098/PCPU 196157/PCPU 255216/1PCPU 314185/PCPU 393295/P
CPUO 236196/P
32.0050.0065.0080.00
100.00
60.00
25.0040.0055.0047.0075.00
50.00
3.505.00
16.5012.505.00
5.00
5.608.008.00
17.0019.00
8.00
5.007.307.30
16.0018.00
7.30
CPU.../PMetricSingle Acting AU Piston Seal
3.003.503.508.007.00
3.50
0.200.400.401.601.20
0.40
B13-2issue 3 - 18/11/09
Style CPUO is fitted with an anti-extrusion ring on the OD
ClaronPolyseal®
FPCSingle Acting Piston Seal Metric
Imperial
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
These Range parameters are Maximum ValuesOptimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
B14-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Diametrical Clearance 'F' is calculated as the maximumpermissable extrusion gap, allowing for movement due to sideload, tolerances and cylinder expansion.
)raB(erusserP 07 041 571)mm(FpaG 5.0 54.0 4.0
Continuous operating temperature for various Fluids
Claron Style FPC single acting piston seal is manufactured from fabric reinforced Nitrile Rubber suitable for mineral basedhydraulic oils and water soluble fluids. The Fabric cup is a non preferred design for modern applications, but is availableto meet existing design requirement within the industry.Style FPC may also be used 'back to back' to form a double acting arrangement.
` Temp. range -30°C to 100°C Max Pressure 175Bar (2500psi) Linear Speed m/sec 0.5
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
It is essential to apply a controlled squeeze to the base of the cup to avoid distortion of the heal and lip.A location spigot of length L1 and top plate must be used to avoid excessive wear and premature failure.For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
851The Claron style 851 is a heavy duty single acting seal for hydraulic or pneumatic piston applications.Designed as a high pressure - low friction seal for use singly, in tandem sealing arrangements or back to back fordouble acting applications without pressure lock.
Standard materials are Bronze filled P.T.F.E with a Nitrile O-Ring Energiser but both the outer sealing element and theenergiser are available in a wide range of high performance materials to suit a variety of applications . The applicationparameters should be carefully considered prior to selecting suitable materials from the tables.Consult Claron for further advice.
Temp. -54°C to 200°C (Dependent upon O-Ring Material used See Appendix 2)Pressure upto 800 barVelocity upto 15m/sThese range parameters are maximum conditional valuesOptimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps..Refer to Appendix 1 section for further information.
Maximum Working Pressure for “Standard” seal applications using specified tolerances.Temp. range Temp. range-30°C to 80°C 80°C to 120°C 400bar 350 bar
Diametrical Clearance F shown in the graph to theright is calculated as the maximum permissible extrusiongap, allowing for movement due to side load, for variouspressures and temperatures upto 80°C. The use of a suitablyselected Claron bearing ring will effectively reduce theRadial clearance to a value nearer to F/2 thus increasingthe pressure capability of the seal. The maximum sealextrusion gap should be calculated allowing for alltolerances, movement and cylinder expansion.For pressures > 400 bar, the seal extrusion gap should bereduced by utilising smaller tolerances. e.g H8 for Cylinderbore, f8 for piston diameter.
The full range of diameters applicable to the "Standard ", "Light" and "Heavy" Duty Sections shown in the table below
B16-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Metric
ClaronPolyseal®
Single Acting Piston Seal
851
For F/2 values see note & table For E/2 refer to Guide Tape page
When ordering, prefix the size reference with the style required and use the suffix shown in the material applicationtables Appendix 2.e.g. 851 Standard section in Bronze filled material for 70mm diameter 851-0700/B
851 Light duty section in Glass filled material for 70 mm diameter 851-0700/1G851 Heavy duty section in Carbon filled material for 70 mm diameter 851-0700/2C
For O-Ring energiser materials other than Nitrile, use suffix shown in material table. Appendix 2e.g Flourocarbon material (FKM), 851-0700/B/FKM
For surface finish and lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For Housing dimensions and tolerances refer to thetable of recommended sizes and Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols
For the seal to function correctly it is important that care is taken during fitting.For details refer to Appendix 3
Dimensions in bold type conform to ISO 7425-1 :1988
Intermediate sizes upto 580mm are available, incl. Imperial
B16-3issue 1 - 20/10/98
Metric
ClaronPolyseal®
PSRPiston Seal Retaining Ring Metric
Imperial
Claron Style PSR retainer is designed to retain single acting piston seals. The retainer is manufactured from Acetal (POM)and is profiled to fit into a groove on the piston. The retainer is split with two holes similar to a circlip to facilitate fitting withcirclip pliers. The retainer provides a simple housing design solution for all single acting piston seals.
Temp. range -30°C to 100°C
Linear Speed m/sec 5
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For seal housing dimensions andmachining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
Style PSR snap fits into a groove and may be fitted with standard circlip pliers. For the seal to function correctly, it isimportant that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed, side load and surface finish.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
POM PolyacetalDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based 80HFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based 80HFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S 80HEPG Polyglycol based 100HETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based 100
Continuous operating temperature for various fluids
B18-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
PSRPiston Seal Retaining Ring
PSR 125086PSR 157110PSR 196137PSR 196157PSR 216157
PSR 248188PSR 248196PSR 275196PSR 314236PSR 354275
PSR 393314PSR 411334PSR 433354
32.0040.0050.0050.0055.00
63.0063.0070.0080.0090.00
100.00104.50110.00
22.0028.0035.0040.0040.00
48.0050.0050.0060.0070.00
80.0085.0090.00
5.006.007.505.007.50
7.506.50
10.0010.0010.00
10.009.75
10.00
2.623.123.302.623.30
3.303.303.303.303.30
3.303.303.30
2.102.102.102.102.10
2.102.102.102.102.10
2.102.202.10
5.006.006.405.006.40
6.006.406.406.406.40
6.406.306.40
Metric
ØD1 Ød1
+0.13-0.00
L1
+0.13-0.13
L2
Nominal
S
+0.00-0.13
T
Refer to seal section
B18-2issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
PSRPiston Seal Retaining Ring
PSR 112062PSR 141087PSR 150100PSR 162100PSR 162112
PSR 175125PSR 178116PSR 200137PSR 212150PSR 225162
PSR 237175PSR 250187PSR 262200PSR 275200PSR 275212
PSR 300225PSR 312250PSR 325250PSR 325262PSR 337275
PSR 350275PSR 350287PSR 362300PSR 387312/1PSR 400325
PSR 400325/1PSR 412337PSR 412350PSR 450375PSR 475375
PSR 475400/1PSR 500400PSR 575500/1PSR 675600/1PSR 875800/1
1.1251.4171.5001.6251.625
1.7501.7812.0002.1252.250
2.3752.5002.6252.7502.750
3.0003.1253.2503.2503.375
3.5003.5003.6253.8754.000
4.0004.1254.1254.5004.750
4.7505.0005.7506.7508.750
0.6250.8751.0001.0001.125
1.2501.1601.3751.5001.625
1.7501.8752.0002.0002.125
2.2502.5002.5002.6252.750
2.7502.8753.0003.1253.250
3.2503.3753.5003.7503.750
4.0004.0005.0006.0008.000
0.2500.2700.2500.3120.250
0.2500.3120.3120.3120.312
0.3120.3120.3120.3750.312
0.3750.3120.3750.3120.312
0.3750.3120.3120.3750.375
0.3750.3750.3120.3750.500
0.3750.5000.3750.3750.375
0.0980.1050.1300.1300.130
0.1300.1300.1300.1300.130
0.1300.1300.1300.1300.130
0.1300.1300.1300.1300.130
0.1300.1300.1300.1900.130
0.1900.1300.1300.1300.145
0.1900.1450.1900.1900.190
0.0820.0820.0820.0820.082
0.0820.0820.0820.0820.082
0.0820.0820.0820.0820.082
0.0820.0820.0820.0820.082
0.0820.0820.0820.1100.082
0.0820.0820.0820.0820.082
0.1100.0820.1100.1100.110
0.1870.1950.2500.2500.250
0.2500.2500.2500.2500.250
0.2500.2500.2500.2500.250
0.2500.2500.2500.2500.250
0.2500.2500.2500.3120.250
0.2750.2500.2500.2500.281
0.3120.2810.3120.3120.312
Imperial
ØD1 Ød1
+0.005-0.000
L1
+0.005-0.005
L2
+0.000-0.005
T
Nominal
S
Refer to seal section
B18-3issue 2 - 26/03/10
ClaronPolyseal®
Section CRod Seals
C
ClaronPolyseal®
CPSingle Acting Rod Seal
Metric
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5F (mm)
0
100
200
300
400
500
Pressure Bar
Note: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gapcompletely on one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 100°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectivelyreduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thusincreasing the pressure capability of the seal.
CLARON STYLE CP is designed with a symmetrical profile for use as a single acting rod or piston seal. The seal is aprecision moulded Nitrile rubber sealing element with a fabric reinforced base to resist extrusion. Designed with initialradial interference to effect low pressure sealing, at higher pressures the seal is energised thus increasing the sealingforce. Rubberised fabric has the advantage of retaining the sealing media within it’s surface, thus reducing friction andwear. Style CP is produced with radial grooves incorporated into the top of the seal on the pressure side. This innovativedesign ensures a rapid energisation of the seal without excessive end float and resultant wear.
Continuous operating temperature for various Fluids
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.Maximum Diametral Clearance F
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.For Piston applications refer to section B.
For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
C1-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 100°C0.50 250 Bar0.15 400 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
Note: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gapcompletely on one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 100°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectivelyreduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thusincreasing the pressure capability of the seal.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
C2-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
CLARON STYLE P is designed with a symmetrical profile for use as a single acting Rod or Piston seal. The seal is aprecision moulded Nitrile rubber sealing element with a fabric reinforced base to resist extrusion. Designed with initialradial interference to effect low pressure sealing, at higher pressures the seal is energised thus increasing the sealingforce. Rubberised fabric has the advantage of retaining the sealing media within it’s surface, so reducing friction andwear. Style CP is an effective seal over a wide range of applications.
Continuous operating temperature for various Fluids
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.Maximum Diametral Clearance F
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.For Piston applications refer to section B.
For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 100°C0.50 250 Bar0.15 400 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
P 056025P 062031P 062037P 075037P 075050
P 081043P 087050P 087062P 093056P 100062
P 100075P 109075P 112062P 112075P 112087
P 118068P 125075/1P 125075/2P 125087P 125100
P 125100/1P 131081P 137087P 137087/1P 137100
P 137112P 143093P 150087P 150098P 150100
P 150100/1P 150125P 156112P 162100P 162112
P 162125P 162125/1P 162125/2P 162130P 168118/1
P 175100P 175112P 175123P 175125P 175125/1
0.5620.6250.6250.7500.750
0.8120.8750.8750.9371.000
1.0001.0931.1251.1251.125
1.1871.2501.2501.2501.250
1.2501.3121.3751.3751.375
1.3751.4371.5001.5001.500
1.5001.5001.5621.6251.625
1.6251.6251.6251.6271.687
1.7501.7501.7501.7501.750
0.2500.3120.3750.3750.500
0.4370.5000.6250.5620.625
0.7500.7500.6250.7500.875
0.6870.7500.7500.8751.000
1.0000.8120.8750.8751.000
1.1250.9370.8750.9801.000
1.0001.2501.1251.0001.125
1.2501.2501.2501.3021.187
1.0001.1251.2351.2501.250
0.2500.2500.1870.2810.187
0.2810.2810.1870.2810.281
0.1870.2810.3750.3120.163
0.3750.3120.3750.3750.187
0.1210.3750.3750.2500.250
0.1870.3750.3750.3800.375
0.2500.1870.3430.4370.375
0.2810.2500.5000.2400.375
0.3750.4370.3400.3750.281
0.1560.1560.1250.1870.125
0.1870.1870.1250.1870.187
0.1250.1710.2500.1870.125
0.2500.2500.2500.1870.125
0.1250.2500.2500.2500.187
0.1250.2500.3120.2600.250
0.2500.1250.2180.3120.250
0.1870.1870.1870.1620.250
0.3750.3120.2570.2500.250
0.0930.0930.0930.0930.093
0.0930.0930.0930.0930.093
0.0930.0930.1250.0930.093
0.1250.1250.1250.0930.093
0.0930.2500.1250.1250.093
0.0930.1250.1560.1250.125
0.1250.0930.1250.1560.125
0.0930.0930.0930.0930.125
0.1870.1560.1250.1250.125
0.0100.0100.0100.0100.010
0.0100.0100.0100.0100.010
0.0100.0100.0150.0100.010
0.0150.0150.0150.0100.010
0.0100.0150.0150.1250.010
0.0100.0150.0150.0150.015
0.0150.0100.0150.0150.015
0.0100.0100.0100.0100.015
0.0320.0150.0150.0150.015
Nominal
S
Min
C
Max
R1ØD1 Ød1
+0.025+0.015
L1 ØG
f8 H9Js11
PSingle Acting Rod Seal Imperial
C2-2issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
P 175125/2P 175137P 187125P 187125/1P 187125/2
P 187125/3P 187150P 187150/1P 193168P 200137/1
P 200137/2P 200137/3P 200137/4P 200148P 200150
P 200150/1P 200150/4P 200162/2P 212150/1P 212150/2
P 212175P 212175/1P 212175/2P 218150P 225150
P 225162P 225175/1P 225175/2P 225187P 237175
P 237200P 243175P 250175P 250187P 250187/1
P 250187/3P 250198P 250200P 250200/1P 250200/2
P 262187P 262200P 262200/2P 262200/3P 262212
1.7501.7501.8751.8751.875
1.8751.8751.8751.9372.000
2.0002.0002.0002.0002.000
2.0002.0002.0002.1252.125
2.1252.1252.1252.1872.250
2.2502.2502.2502.2502.375
2.3752.4372.5002.5002.500
2.5002.5002.5002.5002.500
2.6252.6252.6252.6252.625
1.2501.3751.2501.2501.250
1.2501.5001.5001.6871.375
1.3751.3751.3751.4851.500
1.5001.5001.6251.5001.500
1.7501.7501.7501.5001.500
1.6251.7501.7501.8751.750
2.0001.7501.7501.8751.875
1.8751.9802.0002.0002.000
1.8752.0002.0002.0002.125
0.2500.2810.4370.3120.500
0.4060.1720.2500.1870.375
0.4370.5000.3120.3400.375
0.4680.2500.2760.4370.468
0.1720.3000.2810.4370.468
0.4370.3750.4370.2650.437
0.1720.4370.5000.4370.375
0.3120.3600.3120.3750.343
0.6250.4370.3120.5000.375
0.2500.1870.3120.3120.312
0.3120.1870.1870.1250.312
0.3120.3120.3120.2570.250
0.2500.2500.1870.3120.312
0.1870.1870.1870.3430.375
0.3120.2500.2500.1870.312
0.1870.3430.3750.3120.312
0.3120.2600.2500.2500.250
0.3750.3120.3120.3120.250
0.1250.0930.1560.1560.156
0.1560.0930.0930.0930.156
0.1560.1560.1560.1250.125
0.1250.1250.0930.1560.156
0.0930.0930.0930.1560.187
0.1560.1250.1250.0930.156
0.0930.1560.1560.1560.156
0.1560.1250.1250.1250.125
0.1870.1560.1560.1560.125
0.0150.0100.0150.0150.015
0.0150.0100.0100.0100.015
0.0150.0150.0150.0150.015
0.0150.0150.0100.0150.015
0.0100.0100.0100.0150.032
0.0150.0150.0150.0100.015
0.0100.0150.0150.0150.015
0.0150.0150.0150.0150.015
0.0320.0150.0150.0150.015
Nominal
S
Min
C
Max
R1ØD1
Ød1
+0.025+0.015
L1 ØG
f8 H9Js11
PSingle Acting Rod Seal Imperial
C2-3issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
P 262225P 262225/1P 275200P 275200/1P 275200/2
P 275212P 275225P 275231P 287200P 287212
P 287225P 287237P 300200P 300212P 300225
P 300225/1P 300225/2P 300237P 300250P 306250
P 312237P 312250P 312250/1P 325250P 325250/1
P 325250/2P 325250/3P 325262P 325273P 325275
P 337262P 337275/1P 350250P 350275P 350275/1
P 350275/3P 350287P 350300P 362262P 362287
P 362300P 375275P 375300P 375300/1P 375300/2
2.6252.6252.7502.7502.750
2.7502.7502.7502.8752.875
2.8752.8753.0003.0003.000
3.0003.0003.0003.0003.062
3.1253.1253.1253.2503.250
3.2503.2503.2503.2503.250
3.3753.3753.5003.5003.500
3.5003.5003.5003.6253.625
3.6253.7503.7503.7503.750
2.2502.2502.0002.0002.000
2.1252.2502.3122.0002.125
2.2502.3752.0002.1252.250
2.2502.2502.3752.5002.500
2.3752.5002.5002.5002.500
2.5002.5002.6252.7352.750
2.6252.7502.5002.7502.750
2.7502.8753.0002.6252.875
3.0002.7503.0003.0003.000
0.1720.2100.4370.6250.562
0.3750.3750.3750.6250.562
0.4370.2810.7500.5000.375
0.5000.5620.4680.3120.437
0.5620.6250.3750.3750.562
0.6250.4680.5620.3400.375
0.5620.4370.7500.5620.375
0.5000.4700.3750.7500.562
0.3750.5000.5620.5000.375
0.1870.1870.3750.3750.375
0.3120.2500.2190.4370.375
0.3120.2500.5000.4370.375
0.3750.3750.3120.2500.281
0.3750.3120.3120.3750.375
0.3750.3750.3120.2570.257
0.3750.3120.5000.3750.375
0.3750.3120.2500.5000.375
0.3120.5000.3750.3750.375
0.0930.0930.1870.1870.187
0.1560.1250.0930.1870.187
0.1560.1250.2500.1870.187
0.1870.1870.1560.1250.125
0.1870.1560.1560.1870.187
0.1870.1870.1560.1250.125
0.1870.1560.2500.1870.187
0.1870.1560.1250.2500.187
0.1560.2500.1870.1870.187
0.0100.0100.0320.0320.032
0.0150.0150.0100.0320.032
0.0150.0150.0320.0320.032
0.0320.0320.0150.0150.015
0.0320.0150.0150.0320.032
0.0320.0320.0150.0150.015
0.0320.0150.0320.0320.032
0.0320.0150.0150.0320.032
0.0150.0320.0320.0320.032
Nominal
S
Min
C
Max
R1 Ød1
+0.025+0.015
L1 ØG
f8 H9Js11
ØD1
PSingle Acting Rod Seal
Imperial
C2-4issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
P 375323P 387287P 387312P 400300P 400300/2
P 400325/1P 400325/2P 400350P 412337P 412350
P 425325P 425350/1P 450350/1P 450350/2P 450350/3
P 450375P 450375/1P 450400P 462362P 462362/1
P 475375/1P 475375/2P 475425P 487400P 487437
P 500400P 500425P 525400P 525425P 537437
P 550450P 550500P 575475P 600500P 600537
P 625525/1P 625525/3P 625550P 650550P 675575
P 700575P 700600P 700625P 775650P 800700
3.7503.8753.8754.0004.000
4.0004.0004.0004.1254.125
4.2504.2504.5004.5004.500
4.5004.5004.5004.6254.625
4.7504.7504.7504.8754.875
5.0005.0005.2505.2505.375
5.5005.5005.7506.0006.000
6.2506.2506.2506.5006.750
7.0007.0007.0007.7508.000
3.2302.8753.1253.0003.000
3.2503.2503.5003.3753.500
3.2503.5003.5003.5003.500
3.7503.7504.0003.6253.625
3.7503.7504.2504.0004.375
4.0004.2504.0004.2504.375
4.5005.0004.7505.0005.375
5.2505.2505.5005.5005.750
5.7506.0006.2506.5007.000
0.3600.6250.5620.6250.375
0.5620.5000.3750.5620.375
0.7500.5620.5620.7500.375
0.5000.4100.3750.7500.500
0.8120.7500.3750.6560.375
0.7500.5620.5000.7500.750
0.7500.3750.7500.7500.375
0.5310.8750.6870.7500.750
0.9370.7500.5621.0000.875
0.2600.5000.3750.5000.500
0.3750.3750.2500.3750.312
0.5000.3750.5000.5000.500
0.3750.3750.2500.5000.500
0.5000.5000.2500.4370.250
0.5000.3750.6250.5000.500
0.5000.2500.5000.5000.312
0.5000.5000.3750.5000.500
0.6250.5000.3750.6250.500
0.1250.2500.1870.2500.250
0.1870.1870.1250.1870.156
0.2500.1870.2500.2500.250
0.1870.1870.1250.2500.250
0.2500.2500.1250.1870.125
0.2500.1870.2500.2500.250
0.2500.1250.2500.2500.156
0.2500.2500.1870.2500.250
0.2500.2500.1560.2500.250
0.0150.0320.0320.0320.032
0.0320.0320.0150.0320.015
0.0320.0320.0320.0320.032
0.0320.0320.0150.0320.032
0.0320.0320.0150.0320.032
0.0320.0320.0460.0320.032
0.0320.0150.0320.0320.015
0.0320.0320.0320.0320.032
0.0460.0320.0150.0460.032
Nominal
S
Min
C
Max
R1 Ød1
+0.025+0.015
L1 ØG
f8 H9Js11
ØD1
PSingle Acting Rod Seal
Imperial
C2-5issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
P 850725P 950837
8.5009.500
7.2508.375
1.0000.750
0.6250.562
0.2500.250
0.0460.046
Nominal
S
Min
C
Max
R1 Ød1
+0.025+0.015
L1 ØG
f8 H9Js11
ØD1
PSingle Acting Rod Seal Imperial
C2-6issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
GPSingle Acting Rod Seal Metric
Imperial
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5F (mm)
0
100
200
300
400
500
Pressure Bar
Note: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gapcompletely on one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 100°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectively reducethe clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing thepressure capability of the seal.
CLARON STYLE GP is designed with a symmetrical profile for Rod or Piston applications. The seal is a precision mouldedNitrile rubber with a fabric reinforced base to resist extrusion. Designed with initial radial interference to effect low-pressuresealing, the seal is progressively energised at higher pressures thereby increasing the sealing force. Rubberised fabric hasthe advantage of retaining the sealing media within it’s surface, thus reducing friction and wear. Style GP is designed toprovide effective low pressure sealing through distortion of the lips rather than “squeeze”. This gives an improved response topressure variations and reduces low pressure stiction to ensure a smoother return stroke.
Continuous operating temperature for various Fluids
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.Maximum Diametral Clearance F
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols. For Pistonapplications refer to section B.
For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
C3-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 100°C0.50 250 Bar0.15 400 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
GPSingle Acting Rod Seal
GP157118GP196157GP236196GP279220GP275236
GP314236GP307248GP334275GP354275GP393314
GP433354
40.0050.0060.0071.0070.00
80.0078.0085.0090.00
100.00
110.00
30.0040.0050.0056.0060.00
60.0063.0070.0070.0080.00
90.00
7.007.007.00
10.007.00
13.0010.0012.5013.0013.00
13.00
5.005.005.007.505.00
10.007.507.50
10.0010.00
10.00
2.502.502.504.002.50
5.004.004.005.005.00
5.00
0.400.400.400.800.40
0.800.800.800.800.80
0.80
Metric
Js 11 Nominal
S
Min
C
Max
R1ØD1 Ød1 ØG
+0.25-0.00
L1
C3-2issue 1 - 20/10/98
f8 H9
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
GP 150100GP 200150GP 200150/1GP 212150GP 237200/1
GP 262200/1GP 300237GP 325250/1
1.5002.0002.0002.1252.375
2.6253.0003.250
1.0001.5001.5001.5002.000
2.0002.3752.500
0.3750.3750.4680.4680.360
0.3120.3120.562
0.2500.2500.2500.3130.188
0.3130.3130.375
0.1250.1250.1250.1560.093
0.1560.1560.187
0.0150.0150.0150.0150.010
0.0150.0150.032
Js 11 Nominal
S
Min
C
Max
R1ØD1 Ød1
+0.025+0.015
L1 ØG
f8 H9
GPSingle Acting Rod Seal
Imperial
C3-3issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
CPISingle Acting Rod Seal
Claron Style CPI is designed for use as a single acting rod seal. The seal is a precision moulded Nitrile rubber sealingelement with a fabric reinforced base and an acetal back up ring to resist extrusion. The acetal back up ring allows largerclearances and higher pressures. Designed with initial radial interference to effect low pressure sealing, at higher pressuresthe seal is progressively energised thus increasing the sealing force. Rubberised fabric has the advantage of retaining fluidwithin its surface so reducing both friction and wear. Style CP is produced with radial grooves incorporated into the top ofthe seal on the pressure side. This innovative design ensures a rapid energisation of the seal without excessive end floatand resultant wear.
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 section for further information.
Maximum Diametral Clearance FNote: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gapcompletely on one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 100°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectivelyreduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thusincreasing the pressure capability of the seal.
Metric
Continuous operating temperature for various fluids
C4-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 100°C0.50 250 Bar0.15 400 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Maximum Diametral Clearance FNote: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gapcompletely on one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 100°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectivelyreduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thusincreasing the pressure capability of the seal.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
Continuous operating temperature for various fluids
C5-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
CLARON STYLE PEI is designed for use as a single acting Rod seal. The seal is a precision moulded Nitrile rubbersealing element with a bonded fabric reinforced base to resist extrusion. Style PEI also has the added benefit of a clipon POM anti-extrusion ring for larger clearances or higher pressures. Designed with initial radial interference to effectlow pressure sealing, at higher pressures the seal is progressively energised thus increasing the sealing force.Rubberised fabric has the advantage of retaining the sealing media within it’s surface, thus reducing friction and wear.Style PEI is an effective design over a wide range of applications.
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 100°C0.50 250 Bar0.15 400 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
Claron Style PV and PVM is a single acting rod or piston seal for medium to heavy duty applications. The assemblyconsists of a male and female header and a series of 'V' rings. The number of 'V' rings may be varied to alter theassembled height. The material is generally fabric reinforced NBR rubber, although style PVM incorporates an 'NBRonly' 'V'-ring to assist low pressure sealing. This is now a non preferred design, but it still has a place in applicationwhere difficult conditions prevail such as pressure surges and misalignment.
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions andmachining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
Style PV and PVM are designed to be fitted to a split gland or piston. For the seal to function correctly, it is importantthat care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For installations with spacers use dimensions Y and L2 without spacers use L1For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
0.5F (mm)
0
400Pressure Bar
100
200
300
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
PVM & PVSingle Acting Rod Seal Metric
Imperial
Maximum Diametral Clearance FNote: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gapcompletely on one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 100°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectivelyreduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thusincreasing the pressure capability of the seal.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Continuous operating temperature for various fluids
C6-1issue 2 - 21/02/02
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 100°C0.50 400 Bar0.15 700 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
Claron Style PDS rod seal is a 3 piece assembly consisting of a Nitrile Rubber sealing element which is backed up by atough Thermoplastic elastomer header complete with an Acetal anti-extrusion ring on the I.D. The complete assembly formsa highly robust sealing unit for use in high pressure applications where shock loads and pressure spikes are present.This seal is widely used in the mobile plant industry and is also a modern replacement for common veepac seals.
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
Style PDS is designed to be fitted into a split gland as shown in the illustration below. The seal can be supplied split to easefitting if required. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
C7-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 100°C0.50 325 Bar0.15 600 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
Continuous operating temperature for various Fluids
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
C8-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range
m/s -30°C to 100°C0.50 250 Bar0.15 400 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
Continuous operating temperature for various Fluids
Claron Style EGS rod seal is a 2 piece assembly consisting of a Nitrile Rubber sealing element complete withrubberised fabric reinforcement which is backed up by a tough Thermoplastic elastomer header. The completeassembly forms a robust sealing unit for use in high pressure applications where shock loads and pressure spikesare present. This seal is widely used in telescopic cylinder applications.
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions andmachining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal.Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
Style EGS is designed to be fitted into a split gland as shown in the illustration below. The seal can be supplied split toease fitting if required. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within itshousing. For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number +0.015 +0.025
L1
EGS 275EGS 350EGS 437EGS 525EGS 631
EGS 731EGS 837
3.2004.0134.8885.8886.889
7.9549.000
0.7500.7500.7500.7750.750
0.7500.750
2.7503.5004.3655.2496.312
7.3128.375
Ød1 ØG
±0.001 H9
ØD1
±0.003
F
Max. Max.
R1 R2
Max.
0.0200.0200.0200.0200.020
0.0200.020
0.0300.0300.0300.0300.030
0.0300.030
0.0100.0100.0100.0100.010
0.0100.010
EGSSingle Acting Rod Seal Imperial
C8-2issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
F mm
0
100
200
300
400
500
Pressure Bar
CPUSingle Acting Rod Seal Metric
Imperial
AU PolyurethaneDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 40HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% nsHFD R Phosphoric acid ester based nsHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based nsHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S nsHEPG Polyglycol based nsHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based 60
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Note: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gapcompletely on one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 80°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectivelyreduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thusincreasing the pressure capability of the seal.
C9-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Continuous operating temperature for various FluidsMaximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range
m/s -40°C to 80°C -40°C to 110°C0.50 280 Bar 250 Bar0.15 400 Bar 350 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
The Claron style CPU is a symmetrical profiled lip seal manufactured in a high performance grade of Polyurethane and issuitable for both rod and piston sealing. The sealing lips are machine trimmed to ensure dimensional consistency andgood low pressure sealing. Polyurethane exhibits outstanding abrasion and extrusion resistance.
Maximum Diametral Clearance F
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.Refer to section B for piston applicaion.
For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
ClaronPolyseal®
CPU
Max.
R1
f8 H9 +0.25 -0.00
L1 Ød1 ØG
Nominal
S C
Min
L2
NominalJs 11
ØD1
Single Acting Rod Seal Metric
C9-2issue 3 - 13/11/09
CPU 062039CPU 078047CPU 078055CPU 086063CPU 098055
CPU 098063CPU 098070CPU 102063CPU 102070CPU 110078
CPU 110078/1CPU 110078/2CPU 118078CPU 118086CPU 118088
CPU 129098CPU 129098/1CPU 129098/2CPU 137098CPU 137098/1
CPU 137098/2CPU 139110CPU 149098CPU 157078CPU 157098
CPU 157118CPU 157118/1CPU 163124CPU 165118CPU 165125
CPU 169110CPU 173141CPU 177118CPU 177137CPU 177137/1
CPU 181141CPU 196118CPU 196137CPU 196157CPU 196157/2
CPU 196157/3CPU 196165CPU 216149CPU 216157CPU 216177/1
10.0012.0014.0016.0014.00
16.0018.0016.0018.0020.00
20.0020.0020.0022.0022.40
25.0025.0025.0025.0025.00
25.0028.0025.0020.0025.00
30.0030.0031.5030.0032.00
28.0036.0030.0035.0035.00
36.0030.0035.0040.0040.00
40.0042.0038.0040.0045.00
5.009.004.505.006.10
8.256.758.755.707.25
5.704.508.756.755.70
6.308.755.608.75
10.75
8.05.70
10.7512.0010.75
10.757.007.00
10.756.30
11.008.75
10.7510.757.00
8.0010.7510.7510.755.75
7.006.30
10.7510.756.75
4.408.404.004.405.50
7.506.008.005.006.50
5.004.008.006.005.00
5.708.005.008.00
10.00
7.305.00
10.0011.0010.00
10.006.006.00
10.005.80
10.008.00
10.0010.006.00
7.3010.0010.0010.005.00
6.005.80
10.0010.006.00
4.004.003.003.005.50
4.503.505.004.004.00
4.004.005.004.003.80
4.004.004.005.005.00
5.003.756.50
10.007.50
5.005.005.006.005.00
7.504.007.505.005.00
5.0010.007.505.005.00
5.004.008.507.505.00
3.003.003.003.004.00
4.003.004.003.003.00
3.003.004.003.003.00
3.003.003.004.004.00
4.003.004.005.005.00
4.004.004.004.004.00
5.003.005.004.004.00
4.004.005.004.004.00
4.003.005.005.004.00
0.200.200.200.200.30
0.300.200.300.200.20
0.300.200.300.200.30
0.200.200.200.300.30
0.300.200.300.400.40
0.300.300.300.300.30
0.400.200.300.300.30
0.300.300.400.300.30
0.300.200.400.400.30
16.0020.0020.0022.0025.00
25.0025.0026.0026.0028.00
28.0028.0030.0030.0030.00
33.0033.0033.0035.0035.00
35.0035.5038.0040.0040.00
40.0040.0041.5042.0042.00
43.0044.0045.0045.0045.00
46.0050.0050.0050.0050.00
50.0050.0055.0055.0055.00
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number Max.
R1
f8 H9 +0.25 -0.00
L1 Ød1 ØGNominal
S CMin
L2
NominalJs 11
ØD1
CPUSingle Acting Rod Seal Metric
C9-3issue 2 - 21/02/02
CPU 216177CPU 236157CPU 236157/1CPU 236177CPU 236196
CPU 236196/1CPU 248208CPU 255177CPU 255196CPU 255216/2
CPU 255216CPU 275196CPU 275196/1CPU 275196/2CPU 275236/1
CPU 275236CPU 295216CPU 295255CPU 295255/1CPU 295255/2
CPU 307228CPU 314236CPU 314236/1CPU 314255CPU 314275/3
CPU 314275/1CPU 314275/2CPU 314275CPU 334255CPU 334275
CPU 334295CPU 354275CPU 354295CPU 354314/1CPU 354314
CPU 374295CPU 374314CPU 393314CPU 393334/1CPU 393334
CPU 413334CPU 4133354/1CPU 413354CPU 433354CPU 433374/1
55.0060.0060.0060.0060.00
60.0063.0065.0065.0065.00
65.0070.0070.0070.0070.00
70.0075.0075.0075.0075.00
78.0080.0080.0080.0080.00
80.0080.0080.0085.0085.00
85.0090.0090.0090.0090.00
95.0095.00
100.00100.00100.00
105.00105.00105.00110.00110.00
45.0040.0040.0045.0050.00
50.0053.0045.0050.0055.00
55.0050.0050.0050.0060.00
60.0055.0065.0065.0065.00
58.0060.0060.0065.0070.00
70.0070.0070.0065.0070.00
75.0070.0075.0080.0080.00
75.0080.0080.0085.0085.00
85.0090.0090.0090.0095.00
10.7512.7519.0010.7510.75
7.006.75
10.7510.757.00
12.7512.7510.7519.007.00
12.7513.0012.7510.757.00
16.0012.7519.0012.757.00
9.0011.0012.7513.0012.75
7.0012.7512.757.00
12.75
13.0010.7512.7510.0012.75
13.0010.0012.7513.0010.00
10.0012.0018.0010.0010.00
6.006.00
10.0010.006.00
12..0012.0010.0018.006.00
12.0012.0012.0010.006.00
15.0012.0018.0012.006.00
8.0010.0012.0012.0012.00
6.0012.0012.006.00
12.00
12.0010.0012.009.00
12.00
12.009.00
12.0012.009.00
5.0010.0010.007.505.00
5.005.00
10.007.505.00
5.0010.0010.0010.005.00
5.0010.005.005.005.00
5.0010.0010.007.505.00
5.005.005.00
10.007.50
5.0010.007.505.005.00
10.007.50
10.007.507.50
10.007.507.50
10.007.50
4.005.005.005.004.00
4.004.005.005.004.00
4.005.005.005.004.00
4.005.004.004.004.00
4.005.005.005.004.00
4.004.004.005.005.00
4.005.005.004.004.00
5.005.005.005.005.00
5.005.005.005.005.00
0.300.400.400.400.30
0.300.300.400.400.30
0.300.400.400.400.30
0.300.600.300.300.30
0.300.400.400.400.30
0.300.300.300.600.40
0.300.400.400.300.30
0.600.400.400.400.40
0.600.400.400.600.40
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
ClaronPolyseal®
R1
f8 H9 +0.010 -0.000
L1 Ød1 ØG
Nominal
S C
Min
L2
NominalJs 11
ØD1
Max.
CPUSingle Acting Rod Seal
C9-4issue 2 - 21/02/02
Metric
CPU 433374CPU 452374CPU 452393/1CPU 452393CPU 472393
CPU 492393CPU 492413CPU 492413/1CPU 492433CPU 492440
CPU 492452CPU 511433CPU 551472CPU 551492CPU 570492
CPU 590511CPU 590535CPU 610551CPU 629551CPU 629570
CPU 669590
110.00115.00115.00115.00120.00
125.00125.00125.00125.00125.00
125.00130.00140.00140.00145.00
150.00150.00155.00160.00160.00
170.00
95.0095.00
100.00100.00100.00
100.00105.00105.00110.00112.00
115.00110.00120.00125.00125.00
130.00136.00140.00140.00145.00
150.00
12.7513.0010.0012.7513.00
15.7517.0013.0012.7510.00
12.7517.0017.0010.0017.00
17.0010.0010.0017.0010.00
17.00
12.0012.009.00
12.0012.00
15.0015.0012.0012.009.00
12.0015.0015.009.00
15.00
15.009.009.00
15.009.00
15.00
7.5010.007.507.50
10.00
12.5010.0010.007.506.50
5.0010.0010.007.50
10.00
10.007.507.50
10.007.50
10.00
5.005.005.005.005.00
6.505.005.005.005.00
4.005.005.005.005.00
5.005.005.005.005.00
5.00
0.400.600.400.400.60
0.600.600.600.400.30
0.300.600.600.400.60
0.600.400.400.600.40
0.60
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
CPUSingle Acting Rod Seal Imperial
Max.f8 H9 +0.25 -0.00
Nominal MinNominalJs 11
R1L1 Ød1 ØG S CL2ØD1
CPU 056031CPU 100062CPU 100062/1CPU 125087CPU 150100
CPU 162112CPU 175112CPU 175125CPU 175125/1CPU 187150CPU 200137
CPU 200137/1CPU 225150CPU 225162CPU 237175CPU 237175/1
CPU 250150CPU 250212CPU 262200CPU 262200/1CPU 262212
CPU 275200CPU 287187CPU 300225CPU 300237CPU 312250
CPU 325262CPU 337275CPU 350250CPU 350275CPU 362300
CPU 362300/1CPU 375300CPU 387325CPU 400300CPU 412337
CPU 425350CPU 425362CPU 450350CPU 487425CPU 500437
CPU 525462CPU 600537CPU 700637
0.3120.6250.6250.8751.000
1.1251.1251.2501.2501.5001.375
1.3751.5001.6251.7501.750
1.5002.1252.0002.0002.125
2.0001.8752.2502.3752.500
2.6252.7502.5002.7503.000
3.0003.0003.2503.0003.375
3.5003.6253.5004.2504.375
4.6255.3756.375
0.2750.3000.2080.2080.275
0.5500.5500.3120.3950.2750.582
0.5200.5500.4570.5820.395
0.6650.2800.5820.3400.395
0.5200.6650.5200.5820.582
0.5820.5820.7300.5200.582
0.3400.5200.5820.7300.582
0.5300.5820.7300.5820.582
0.5820.5820.582
0.2500.2810.1870.1870.250
0.5000.5000.2800.3750.2500.562
0.5000.5000.4370.5620.375
0.6250.2500.5620.3120.375
0.5000.6250.5000.5620.562
0.5620.5620.6870.5000.562
0.3120.5000.5620.6870.562
0.5000.5620.6870.5620.562
0.5620.5620.562
0.1250.1870.1870.1870.250
0.2500.3120.2500.2500.1870.312
0.3120.3750.3120.3120.312
0.5000.1870.3120.3120.250
0.3750.5000.3750.3120.312
0.3120.3120.5000.3750.312
0.3120.3750.3120.5000.375
0.3120.3120.5000.3120.312
0.3120.3120.312
0.0930.0930.0930.0930.125
0.1250.1560.1250.1250.0930.156
0.1560.1870.1560.1560.156
0.1560.0930.1560.1560.125
0.1870.2160.1870.1560.156
0.1560.1560.2160.1870.156
0.1560.1870.1560.2160.156
0.1560.1560.2160.1560.156
0.1560.1560.156
0.0160.0160.0160.0160.032
0.0320.0320.0320.0320.0160.032
0.0320.0460.0320.0320.032
0.0320.0160.0320.0320.032
0.0460.0460.0460.0320.032
0.0320.0320.0460.0460.032
0.0320.0460.0320.0460.032
0.0320.0320.0460.0320.032
0.0320.0320.032
0.5621.0001.0001.2501.500
1.6251.7501.7501.7501.8752.000
2.0002.2502.2502.3752.375
2.5002.5002.6252.6252.625
2.7502.8753.0003.0003.125
3.2503.3753.5003.5003.625
3.6253.7503.8754.0004.125
4.2504.2504.5004.8755.000
5.2506.0007.000
C9-5issue 3 - 13/11/09
ClaronPolyseal®
0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
F mm
0
100
200
300
400
500
Pressure Bar
CPU.../FSingle Acting Rod Seal Metric
Imperial
AU PolyurethaneDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 40HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% nsHFD R Phosphoric acid ester based nsHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based nsHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S nsHEPG Polyglycol based nsHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based 60
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Note: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completelyon one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 100°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectively reducethe clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing thepressure capability of the seal.
C10-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range
m/s -40°C to 80°C -40°C to 110°C0.50 280 Bar 250 Bar0.15 400 Bar 350 Bar
Continuous operating temperature for various Fluids
The Claron style CPU.../F is a symmetrical profiled lip seal manufactured in a high performance grade of Polyurethaneand is suitable for both rod and piston sealing. The sealing lips are machine trimmed to ensure dimensional consistencyand good low pressure sealing. Polyurethane exhibits outstanding abrasion and extrusion resistance.
Maximum Diametral Clearance F
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal.Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
CPU.../FSingle Acting Rod Seal Metric
CPU 086063/FCPU 118078/1FCPU 141078/FCPU 141110/FCPU 196177/F
CPU 267236/FCPU 393354/FCPU 511433/FCPU 846669/F
1620202845
6090
110170
4.506.758.754.504.50
8.757.50
15.7522.00
4.06.08.04.04.0
8.07.0
15.020.0
3.05.08.04.02.5
4.05.0
10.022.5
3.04.05.03.01.5
3.04.05.08.0
0.20.30.40.20.2
0.20.30.41.0
2230363650
68100130215
Max.
R1
f8 H9 +0.25 -0.00
L1 Ød1 ØG
Nominal
S C
Min
L2
NominalJs 11
ØD1
C10-2issue 1 - 20/10/98
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
ClaronPolyseal®
CPU 062031/FCPU 068043/FCPU 075037/FCPU 075037/1FCPU 087062/F
CPU 100075/FCPU 162112/FCPU 168118/FCPU 175112/FCPU 206168/F
0.3120.4370.3750.3750.625
0.7501.1251.1871.1251.687
0.2750.2810.3000.2750.275
0.1750.5500.4000.5500.340
0.2500.2500.2810.2500.250
0.1560.5000.3750.5000.312
0.1560.1250.1870.1870.125
0.1250.2500.2500.3120.187
0.0930.0930.0930.0930.093
0.0930.1250.1250.1560.093
0.0160.0160.0160.0160.016
0.0160.0320.0320.0320.016
0.6250.6870.7500.7500.875
1.0001.6251.6871.7502.062
Max.f8 H9 +0.010 -0.000
L1 Ød1 ØG
Nominal
S C
Min
L2
NominalJs 11
ØD1 R1
CPU.../FSingle Acting Rod Seal Imperial
C10-3issue 2 - 21/02/02
ClaronPolyseal®
0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
F mm
0
100
200
300
400
500
Pressure Bar
CPU.../GSingle Acting Rod Seal Metric
Imperial
AU PolyurethaneDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 40HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% nsHFD R Phosphoric acid ester based nsHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based nsHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S nsHEPG Polyglycol based nsHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based 60
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Note: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completelyon one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 80°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectively reducethe clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing thepressure capability of the seal.
C11-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Continuous operating temperature for various FluidsMaximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range
m/s -40°C to 80°C -40°C to 110°C0.50 280 Bar 250 Bar0.15 400 Bar 350 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
The Claron style CPG.../G is an asymmetrical profiled lip seal designed for medium duty rod applications. Featuresinclude an outside diameter specifically designed for static face sealing and a robust inner lip for high performance sealing.Manufactured in a high performance grade of Polyurethane for outstanding abrasion and extrusion resistance combinedwith flexibility for ease of installation. European and Japanese standard housings are covered in this range.
Maximum Diametral Clearance F
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
ClaronPolyseal®
Max.
R1
f8 H9 +0.25 -0.00
L1 Ød1 ØG
Nominal
S C
Min
L2
Nominal
CPU 074047/GCPU 110078/GCPU 141110/GCPU 145118/GCPU 149118/G
CPU 157118/1GCPU 157125/GCPU 177137/1GCPU 188157/GCPU 196157/G
CPU 208177/GCPU 216157/GCPU 228177/GCPU 236157/2GCPU 248196/G
CPU 267216/GCPU 275216/GCPU 287236/GCPU 295236/GCPU 295255/G
CPU 307255/GCPU 314255/GCPU 334255/GCPU 334275/GCPU 326275/G
CPU 334295/GCPU 354275/GCPU 354295/GCPU 346295/GCPU 354314/G
CPU 366314/GCPU 374295/GCPU 374314/GCPU 393314/GCPU 393334/G
CPU 393334/1GCPU 413354/GCPU 413354/1GCPU 433354/GCPU 433354/1G
CPU 433374/GCPU 433374/1GCPU 452354/GCPU 452374/GCPU 452393/G
1220283030
3032354040
4540454050
5555606065
6565657070
7570757580
8075808085
8590909090
95959095
100
5.66.36.36.79.0
8.06.38.06.38.0
6.311.09.0
11.011.0
11.010.011.010.06.7
11.010.013.010.011.0
6.713.010.011.06.7
11.013.010.013.011.0
10.011.010.013.010.0
11.010.013.013.011.0
5.05.75.76.08.2
7.35.77.35.77.3
5.810.08.3
10.010.0
10.09.0
10.09.06.0
10.09.0
12.09.0
10.0
6.012.09.0
10.06.0
10.012.09.0
12.010.0
9.010.09.0
12.09.0
10.09.0
12.012.010.0
3.54.04.03.54.0
5.04.05.04.05.0
4.07.56.5
10.06.5
6.57.56.57.55.0
6.57.5
10.07.56.5
5.010.07.56.55.0
6.510.07.5
10.07.5
7.57.57.5
10.010.0
7.57.57.5
10.07.5
3.03.03.03.03.0
3.53.03.53.03.5
3.05.04.05.04.0
4.05.04.05.03.5
4.05.05.05.04.0
3.55.05.04.03.5
4.05.05.05.05.0
5.05.05.05.05.0
5.05.05.05.05.0
0.30.30.30.30.3
0.50.30.50.30.5
0.30.40.40.60.4
0.40.40.40.40.5
0.40.30.60.40.4
0.50.40.40.40.5
0.60.60.40.60.4
0.40.40.40.60.6
0.40.40.40.60.4
1928363738
4040454850
5355586063
6870737575
7880858583
8590908890
939595
100100
100105105110110
110110115115115
Js 11
ØD1
CPU.../GSingle Acting Rod Seal Metric
C11-2issue 3 - 10/11/09
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
ClaronPolyseal®
Max.f8 H9 +0.25 -0.00
Nominal MinNominalJs 11
CPU.../GSingle Acting Rod Seal Metric
R1L1 Ød1 ØG S CL2ØD1
CPU 472393/GCPU 492413/GCPU 511433/GCPU 511433/1GCPU 511433/2G
CPU 531452/GCPU 551472/GCPU 551472/1GCPU 590511/GCPU 590551/G
CPU 610551/GCPU 629551/GCPU 728649/GCPU 885787/G
100105110110110
115120120130140
140140165200
120125130130130
135140140150150
155160185225
C11-3issue 3 - 10/11/09
13.013.013.011.014.0
13.011.014.013.06.7
10.014.013.018.0
12.012.012.010.013.0
12.010.013.012.06.0
9.013.012.016.5
10.010.010.010.010.0
10.010.010.010.03.5
7.510.010.012.5
5.05.05.05.05.0
5.05.05.05.03.0
5.05.05.05.0
0.60.60.60.60.6
0.60.60.60.60.3
0.40.60.60.6
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
ClaronPolyseal®
CPU 100060/GCPU 125100/GCPU 212175/GCPU 250200/GCPU 275225/G
CPU 287237/GCPU 300250/GCPU 312262/GCPU 325275/GCPU 350300/G
CPU 375325/GCPU 400350/GCPU 425350/1GCPU 425375/GCPU 462400/G
CPU 575525/GCPU 612550/GCPU 725675/GCPU 750650/GCPU 800700/G
1.0001.2502.1252.5002.750
2.8753.0003.1253.2503.500
3.7504.0004.2504.2504.625
5.7506.1257.2507.5008.000
0.6051.0001.7502.0002.250
2.3752.5002.6252.7503.000
3.2503.5003.5003.7504.000
5.2505.5006.7506.5007.000
0.2750.2050.2800.4130.413
0.4130.4130.4130.4130.413
0.4130.4130.6900.6200.413
0.6200.4130.6200.7850.785
0.2500.1870.2600.3800.380
0.3800.3800.3800.3800.380
0.3800.3800.6600.5800.380
0.5800.3800.5800.7550.755
0.1970.1250.1870.2500.250
0.2500.2500.2500.2500.250
0.2500.2500.3750.2500.312
0.2500.3120.2500.5000.500
0.0930.0930.0930.1250.125
0.1250.1250.1250.1250.125
0.1250.1250.1870.1250.156
0.1250.1560.1250.2180.218
0.0160.0160.0160.0320.032
0.0320.0320.0320.0320.032
0.0320.0320.0400.0320.032
0.0320.0320.0320.0400.040
Max.
R1
f8 H9 +0.010 -0.000
L1 Ød1 ØG
Nominal
S C
Min
L2
NominalJs 11
ØD1
Single Acting Rod Seal ImperialCPU.../G
C11-4issue 2 - 21/02/02
ClaronPolyseal®
CPG
0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
F mm
0
100
200
300
400
500
Pressure Bar
Single Acting Rod Seal MetricImperial
The Claron style CPG is an asymmetrical profiled lip seal designed for medium duty rod applications. Features include anoutside diameter specifically designed for static face sealing and a robust inner lip with a secondary supporting sealingedge for high performance sealing. Manufactured in a high performance grade of Polyurethane for outstanding abrasion andextrusion resistance combined with flexibility for ease of installation.
Maximum Diametral Clearance F
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
AU PolyurethaneDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 40HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% nsHFD R Phosphoric acid ester based nsHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based nsHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S nsHEPG Polyglycol based nsHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based 60
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Note: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completelyon one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 80°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectively reducethe clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing thepressure capability of the seal.
Continuous operating temperature for various fluids
C12-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range
m/s -40°C to 80°C -40°C to 110°C0.50 280 Bar 250 Bar0.15 400 Bar 350 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
The Claron style CPS is a symmetrical profiled semi-solid seal designed for narrow section rod sealing and manufacturedin a high performance grade of polyurethane. The sealing lips are machine trimmed to ensure dimensional consistencyand good low pressure sealing whilst polyurethane exhibits outstanding abrasion and extrusion resistance providing arod seal with a consistent operating performance.
Maximum Diametral Clearance F
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
AU PolyurethaneDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 40HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% nsHFD R Phosphoric acid ester based nsHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based nsHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S nsHEPG Polyglycol based nsHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based 60
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Note: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gap completelyon one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 80°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectively reducethe clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing thepressure capability of the seal.
Continuous operating temperature for various fluids
C13-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range
m/s -40°C to 80°C -40°C to 110°C0.50 280 Bar 250 Bar0.15 400 Bar 350 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
CPSG are the same profile as CPS but with an extra sealing lip on the inside back edge.
Imperial
CPSG
ClaronPolyseal®
0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
F mm
0
100
200
300
400
500
Pressure Bar
CPU.../ORThe Claron style CPU../OR is a symmetrical profiled lip seal designed for rod sealing, manufactured in a high performancegrade of Polyurethane and fitted with an NBR O-Ring. This special feature guarantees the pre-loading of the sealing lips atno load and low pressures whilst polyurethane provides outstanding abrasion and extrusion resistance.
Maximum Diametral Clearance F
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
Single Acting Rod Seal MetricImperial
AU PolyurethaneDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 40HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% nsHFD R Phosphoric acid ester based nsHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based nsHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S nsHEPG Polyglycol based nsHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based 60
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Note: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gapcompletely on one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 80°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectively reducethe clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing thepressure capability of the seal.
Continuous operating temperature for various fluids
C14-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range
m/s -40°C to 80°C -40°C to 110°C0.50 280 Bar 250 Bar0.15 400 Bar 350 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
ClaronPolyseal®
7.08.06.35.58.0
6.37.79.08.07.7
8.012.512.512.512.5
9.712.512.5
17.520252525
3030343540
5050606570
707090
23.830333335
4040424550
6065758080
8285
110
CPU 093068/ORCPU 118078/ORCPU 129098/ORCPU 129098/1ORCPU 137098/OR
CPU 157118/1FORCPU 157118/ORCPU 165133/ORCPU 177137/ORCPU 196157/1OR
CPU 236196/ORCPU 255196/ORCPU 295236/ORCPU 314255/ORCPU 314275/2OR
CPU 322275/ORCPU 334275/ORCPU 433354/OR
3.15.04.04.05.0
5.05.04.05.05.0
5.07.57.57.55.0
6.07.5
10.0
0.20.30.20.20.3
0.30.30.20.30.3
0.30.40.40.40.3
0.30.40.6
2.53.53.03.03.5
3.53.53.03.53.5
3.55.05.05.03.5
4.05.06.5
Max.
R1
+0.25 -0.00
L1
Nominal
S C
Min
L2
Nominal
6.357.05.74.57.0
5.77.08.07.07.0
7.011.411.411.411.4
8.711.411.4
CPU.../ORSingle Acting Rod Seal Metric
C14-2issue 3 - 13/11/09
f8 H9
Ød1 ØG
H10
ØD1
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
ClaronPolyseal®
0.2750.2070.5820.5820.452
0.4750.5200.5820.5200.582
0.6870.4130.413
0.6871.0001.7501.7501.875
2.0002.0002.7503.0003.000
3.3754.0005.250
0.9371.2502.3752.5002.500
2.6252.7503.3753.7503.750
4.1254.6256.000
CPU 093068/ORCPU 125100/ORCPU 237175/ORCPU 250175/ORCPU 250187/OR
CPU 262200/ORCPU 275200/ORCPU 337275/ORCPU 375300/ORCPU 375300/1OR
CPU 412337/ORCPU 462400/ORCPU 600525/OR
0.1250.1250.3120.3750.312
0.3120.3750.3120.3750.375
0.3750.3120.375
0.0200.0200.0200.0200.020
0.0320.0200.0200.0200.020
0.0200.0320.020
0.0930.0930.1560.1870.156
0.1560.1870.1560.1870.187
0.1870.1560.187
Max.
R1
+0.010 -0.000
L1
Nominal
S C
Min
L2
NominalH10
ØD1
0.2500.1870.5620.5620.437
0.4370.5000.5620.5000.562
0.6250.3750.375
CPU.../ORSingle Acting Rod Seal Imperial
C14-3issue 2 - 13/11/09
f8 H9
Ød1 ØG
ClaronPolyseal®
CPUI.../ORSingle Acting Rod Seal Metric
AU PolyurethaneDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 40HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% nsHFD R Phosphoric acid ester based nsHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based nsHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S nsHEPG Polyglycol based nsHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based 60
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Note: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gapcompletely on one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 80°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectivelyreduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thusincreasing the pressure capability of the seal.
Continuous operating temperature for various fluids
C15-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range
m/s -40°C to 80°C -40°C to 110°C0.50 350 Bar 300 Bar0.15 500 Bar 450 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
Claron style CPUI.../OR is a Polyurethane U-seal incorporating an O-Ring energiser. This guarantees the pre-loading of theseal lips for low pressure sealing, thus optimising seal performance. Polyurethane provides outstanding abrasion and wearresistance ensuring that the seal operates in the most arduous conditions. The anti-extrusion ring which is energised athigh pressures, increases the maximum working pressure as well as protecting the seal against pressure spikes.
Maximum Diametral Clearance F
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
The seal is an asymmetric Polyurethane U-seal incorporating an NBR energiser pre-loading the seal lips thus improvingsealing at low pressures. The secondary sealing lip assists sealing, reduces friction and helps to protect the main lipfrom damage caused by dirt ingression. The Anti-extrusion ring which is energised at high pressures increases themaximum working pressure as well as protecting the seal against pressure spikes caused by shock loads. Polyurethaneexhibits outstanding abrasion and wear resistance ensuring that the seal operates in the most arduous conditions.
Maximum Diametral Clearance F
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
Polyurethane / Nitrile CompositeDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 40HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% NSHFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Note: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gapcompletely on one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 80°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectively reducethe clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thus increasing thepressure capability of the seal.
Continuous operating temperature for various fluids
C16-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range
m/s -40°C to 80°C -40°C to 110°C0.50 350 Bar 300 Bar0.15 500 Bar 450 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
Claron style HBI is a single acting seal for gland applications using the same housing designs as Style CS6. The sealingelement is manufactured in Polyurethane, with an Acetal anti-extrusion ring. Designed as a high pressure, low friction seal foruse in second generation tandem sealing arrangements. The HBI seal is used on the pressure side, and a 'low leak' but higherfriction seal on the non-pressure side to collect the oil film during the positive stroke. This type of arrangement is used whereboth low friction and low leakage are required. The seals high pressure resistance makes it suitable for use in heavy dutyapplications where shock loads and pressure spikes occur, as found in mobile plant equipment.
Maximum Diametral Clearance F
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
HBISingle Acting Rod Seal
Metric
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Note: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gapcompletely on one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 100°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectivelyreduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thusincreasing the pressure capability of the seal.
AU PolyurethaneDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 40HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% nsHFD R Phosphoric acid ester based nsHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based nsHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S nsHEPG Polyglycol based nsHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based 60
Continuous operating temperature for various fluids
C17-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Maximum PressureMax Speed Temp. Range Temp. Range
m/s -40°C to 80°C -40°C to 110°C0.50 350 Bar 300 Bar0.15 500 Bar 450 Bar
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
HBI 065HBI 070HBI 075HBI 080HBI 085
HBI 090HBI 095HBI 100HBI 140
f8
Ød1 CNominal
6570758085
9095
100140
80.585.590.595.5
100.5
105.5110.5115.5155.5
6.36.36.36.36.3
6.36.36.36.3
44444
4444
+0.20-0.00
HBISingle Acting Rod Seal
ØD1
H9
L1
Metric
C17-2issue 2 - 21/02/02
Items in BOLD are to suit ISO7425-2 housings.
ClaronPolyseal®
MetricSingle & Double Acting Rod Seals
741 751 CS6
741
751
CS6
Claron Composite Seals Style CS6 are designed as high pressure, low friction Single-acting Rod seals for use inheavy duty hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders.
Claron Composite Seals Style 741 and Style 751 are designed as high pressure, low friction Double-acting Rod sealsusing the same housing designs as Style CS6. (These styles must be used in conjunction with single acting wiper seals,as Style 931). The inclusion of radial grooves on the P.T.F.E. element, from 20mmdiameter onwards allows rapid response to bi-directional pressure changes.Claron Composite Seals Style 741 is specifically designed for minimum leakage and slow rotary applicationsHousing sizes and tolerances are identical to Style CS6
Standard materials are Bronze filled P.T.F.E with a Nitrile O-Ring Energiser but both the outer sealing element and theenergiser are available in a wide range of high performance materials to suit a variety of applications .The applicationparameters should be carefully considered prior to selecting suitable materials from the tables shown in Appendix 2.Consult Claron for further advice.
Temp. -54°C to 200°C (Dependent upon O-Ring Material used see Appendix)Pressure upto 800 barVelocity upto 15m/sThese range parameters are maximum conditional values.Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Maximum Working Pressure for “Standard” seal applications using specified tolerances. Temp. range Temp. range -30°C to 80°C 80°C to 120°C 400bar 350 bar
Diametrical Clearance FShown in the graph to the right is calculated as the maximumpermissible extrusion gap, allowing for movement due to sideload, for various pressures and temperatures upto 80°C. Theuse of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectivelyreduce the Radial clearance to a value nearer to F/2 thusincreasing the pressure capability of the seal.The maximum seal extrusion gap should be calculatedallowing for all tolerances and movement due to side load.For pressures > 400 bar, the seal extrusion gap should bereduced by utilising smaller tolerances. e.g H8 for Housingbore and f8 for Rod diameter.
C18-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
MetricSingle & Double Acting Rod Seals
741 751 CS6
741
751
CS6
The full range of diameters applicable to the “Standard”, “Light” and “Heavy” Duty Sections are shown in the table below
When ordering, prefix the size reference with the style required and use the suffix shown in the material applicationtables.e.g. CS6 Standard section in Bronze filled material for 70mm Rod CS60700/B
CS6 Light duty section in Glass filled material for 70 mm Rod CS60700/1G741 Heavy duty section in Carbon filled material for 70 mm Rod 741-0700/2C
For O-Ring energiser materials other than Nitrile, use suffix shown in material table.e.g Flourocarbon material (FKM), CS60700/B/FKM
For surface finish and lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For Housing dimensions and tolerances refer to thetable of recommended sizes.
For F/2 values see note and tables For E/2 values refer to P.T.F.E. Guide Tape
For the seal to function correctly it is important that care is taken during fitting. For details refer to Appendix 3.
gnisuoH .aiddoR
noitceS htdiW dradnatS )1/(thgiL )2/(yvaeH
5.2 2.2 9.7ot3 9.81ot8
57.3 2.3 9.81ot8 9.73ot91
5.5 2.4 9.73ot91 9.991ot83 9.81ot8
57.7 3.6 9.991ot83 9.552ot002 9.73ot91
5.01 1.8 9.552ot002 055ot652 9.991ot83
52.21 1.8 055ot652 9.552ot002
Split grooves should be utilised for Rod Diameters < 19mmFor closed grooves 19 to 38mm use Light Duty Section only
C18-2issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
CS60030/BCS60040/BCS60050/BCS60060/BCS60063/B
CS60080/1BCS60080/BCS60100/1BCS60100/BCS60120/1B
CS60120/BCS60140/1BCS60140/BCS60150/BCS60160/B
CS60180/BCS60200/1BCS60200/BCS60220/1BCS60220/B
CS60250/1BCS60250/BCS60280/BCS60300/BCS60320/B
CS60350/BCS60360/BCS60400/1BCS60400/BCS60420/1B
CS60420/BCS60450/1BCS60450/BCS60480/1BCS60480/B
CS60500/1BCS60500/BCS60520/1BCS60520/BCS60550/1B
CS60550/BCS60560/1BCS60560/B
3.004.005.006.006.30
8.008.0010.0010.0012.00
12.0014.0014.0015.0016.00
18.0020.0020.0022.0022.00
25.0025.0028.0030.0032.00
35.0036.0040.0040.0042.00
42.0045.0045.0048.0048.00
50.0050.0052.0052.0055.00
55.0056.0056.00
8.009.0010.0011.0011.30
13.0015.5015.0017.5017.00
19.5019.0021.5022.5023.50
25.5027.5031.0029.5033.00
32.5036.0039.0041.0043.00
46.0047.0051.0055.5053.00
57.5056.0060.5059.0063.50
61.0065.5063.0067.5066.00
70.5067.0071.50
2.202.202.202.202.20
2.203.202.203.202.20
3.202.203.203.203.20
3.203.204.203.204.20
3.204.204.204.204.20
4.204.204.206.304.20
6.304.206.304.206.30
4.206.304.206.304.20
6.304.206.30
2.502.502.502.502.50
2.503.752.503.752.50
3.752.503.753.753.75
3.753.755.503.755.50
3.755.505.505.505.50
5.505.505.507.755.50
7.755.507.755.507.75
5.507.755.507.755.50
7.755.507.75
0.300.300.300.300.30
0.300.500.300.500.30
0.500.300.500.500.50
0.500.500.800.500.80
0.500.800.800.800.80
0.800.800.801.200.80
1.200.801.200.801.20
0.801.200.801.200.80
1.200.801.20
0.200.200.200.200.20
0.200.300.200.300.20
0.300.200.300.300.30
0.300.300.350.300.35
0.300.350.350.350.35
0.350.350.350.400.35
0.400.350.400.350.40
0.350.400.350.400.35
0.400.350.40
d1
f8D1
H9L1
+0.2-0.0
S SECT
R1
MAXF/2
MAX
MetricSingle & Double Acting Rod Seals
741 751 CS6
741
751
CS6
C18-3issue 1 - 20/10/98
Items in BOLD are to suit ISO7425-2 Housings
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
60.0060.0063.0063.0065.00
70.0075.0076.2080.0085.00
90.0095.00
100.00
f8105.00110.00115.00120.00125.00
130.00135.00140.00150.00160.00
160.00170.00180.00180.00190.00
200.00210.00220.00230.00240.00
250.00280.00300.00320.00350.00
360.00400.00420.00450.00480.00
500.00
CS60600/1BCS60600/BCS60630/1BCS60630/BCS60650/B
CS60700/BCS60750/BCS60762/BCS60800/BCS60850/B
CS60900/BCS60950/BCS61000/B
CS61050/BCS61100/BCS61150/BCS61200/BCS61250/B
CS61300/BCS61350/BCS61400/BCS61500/BCS61600/B
CS61600/2BCS61700/BCS61800/BCS61800/2BCS61900/B
CS62000/BCS62100/BCS62200/BCS62300/BCS62400/B
CS62500/BCS62800/BCS63000/BCS63200/BCS63500/B
CS63600/BCS64000/BCS64200/BCS64500/BCS64800/B
CS65000/B
71.0075.5074.0078.5080.50
85.5090.5091.7095.50
100.50
105.50110.50115.50
H8120.50125.50130.50135.50140.50
145.50150.50155.50165.50175.00
181.00185.50195.50201.00205.50
221.00231.00241.00251.00261.00
271.00304.50324.50344.50374.50
384.50424.50444.50474.50504.50
524.50
4.206.304.206.306.30
6.306.306.306.306.30
6.306.306.30
+0.2-06.306.306.306.306.30
6.306.306.306.306.30
8.106.306.308.106.30
8.108.108.108.108.10
8.108.108.108.108.10
8.108.108.108.108.10
8.10
5.507.755.507.757.75
7.757.757.757.757.75
7.757.757.75
SECT7.757.757.757.757.75
7.757.757.757.757.75
10.507.757.75
10.507.75
10.5010.5010.5010.5010.50
10.5012.2512.2512.2512.25
12.2512.2512.2512.2512.25
12.25
0.801.200.801.201.20
1.201.201.201.201.20
1.201.201.20
MAX1.201.201.201.201.20
1.201.201.201.201.20
1.501.501.201.201.20
1.501.501.501.501.50
1.501.501.501.501.50
1.501.501.501.501.50
1.50
0.350.400.350.400.40
0.400.400.400.400.40
0.400.400.40
MAX0.400.400.400.400.40
0.400.400.400.400.40
0.500.500.400.400.40
0.500.500.500.500.50
0.500.600.600.600.60
0.600.600.600.600.60
0.60
d1
f8D1
H9L1
+0.2-0.0
SSECT
R1
MAXF/2
MAX
Single & Double Acting Rod Seals
741 751 CS6
741
751
CS6
C18-4issue 2 - 25/08/09
Metric
Items in BOLD are to suit ISO7425-2 Housings
ClaronPolyseal®
CS 1CS 3
ImperialDouble Acting Rod Seals
CS1 CS3
For F/2 values see note & tables For E/2 refer to Guide Tape
To use this graph, refer to the tableson page for the max. value of 'F' at350 Bar then apply the relevant curvefor the various pressures.
The maximum extrusion gap 'F/2'should be calculated allowing for allmovements due to tolerances,side-loads and cylinder expansion.
0 5 0 1 0 0 1 5 0 2 0 0 2 5 0 3 0 0 3 5 00 .1
0 .2
0 .3
0 .4
0 .5
0 .6
0 .7
0 .8
P R E S S U R E ( B A R )
' F ' M A X . ( M M )
' F '0 .0 0 8 " / 0 . 2 M M
' F '0 .0 1 2 " / 0 . 3 M M
' F '0 .0 1 6 " / 0 . 4 M M
When ordering, quote the size reference shown on the dimensions table.If an energiser material other than the standard nitrile type is required, consult Claron for the part number to be used.
Metric
Claron composite seals styles CS1 and CS 3 are designed for use in light duty hydraulic or pneumatic rod applications.Style CS1 covers the range of imperial sizes, and the CS3 metric sizes.For advice on installation, refer to Appendix.
Claron composite seals style CS1 and CS3 as standard comprise of a Virgin PTFE inner sleeve and are energised by a75° shore hardness Nitrile rubber O-Ring. A full range of materials are available to suit a variety of applications.See tables in Appendix.
Maximum Working Pressure for “Standard” seal applications using specified tolerances.Temp Range: -40°C to +120°C (Dependent upon energiser material. See Appendix)Max. Pressure: 350 BarMax. Linear Speed: 15m/sThese range parameters are maximum conditional valuesOptimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps..Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Diametral Clearance 'F''F' shown in the size tables is based upon Virgin P.T.F.E., temperatures up to 80oC and 350 Bar pressure in designswhere PTFE guide tape is utilised. For other pressures, refer to the graph shown below.
For the seal to function correctly it isimportant that care is taken during fitting.For details refer to Appendix.
Note: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e.gap completely on one side, in the temperature rangeof -30°C to 80°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring willeffectively reduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closerto F/2 thus increasing the pressure capability of the seal.F/2 should be calculated allowing for all movements due toside-load and cylinder expansion.
L1
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
C20-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Claron style HBT is a single acting seal for gland applications. Designed as a high pressure, low friction seal for use insecond generation tandem sealing arrangements where the lower friction seal is used on the pressure side, and a 'low leak'but higher friction seal on the non pressure side to collect the oil film during the positive stroke. This type of arrangementis used where both low friction and low leakage are required. The seals high pressure resistance makes it suitable foruse in heavy duty applications where shock loads and pressure spikes occur, as found in mobile plant equipment.
Both the inner sealing element and the energiser are available in a wide range of materials to suit a variety of applications.The inner sealing element is manufactured from high performance Bronze filled PTFE, energised by an NBR O-Ring asstandard.
Maximum Working Pressure Bar (For Standard Materials) Temp. Range Temp. Range -30°C to 80°C 80°C to 120°C 400 Bar 350 Bar
Maximum Diametral Clearance F
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. For value of E/2, refer to the bearing ring requirements.Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
Style HBT may be deformed and fitted into a closed groove. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care betaken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
HBT 015HBT 020HBT 025HBT 030HBT 035
HBT 040HBT 045HBT 050HBT 055HBT 060
HBT 063HBT 065HBT 070HBT 075HBT 080
HBT 085HBT 090HBT 095HBT 100HBT 105
HBT 110HBT 115HBT 120HBT 125HBT 130
HBT 135HBT 140HBT 145HBT 150HBT 155
HBT 160HBT 165HBT 170HBT 175HBT 180
HBT 185HBT 190HBT 195HBT 200HBT 205
HBT 210HBT 215HBT 220HBT 225HBT 230
f8
Ød1 CNominal
1520253035
4045505560
6365707580
859095
100105
110115120125130
135140145150155
160165170175180
185190195200205
210215220225230
30.535.540.545.550.5
55.560.565.570.575.5
78.580.585.590.595.5
100.5105.5110.5115.5120.5
125.5130.5135.5140.5145.5
150.5155.5160.5165.5170.5
175.5180.5185.5190.5195.5
200.5205.5210.5215.5220.5
225.5230.5235.5240.5245.5
6.36.36.36.36.3
6.36.36.36.36.3
6.36.36.36.36.3
6.36.36.36.36.3
6.36.36.36.36.3
6.36.36.36.36.3
6.36.36.36.36.3
6.36.36.36.36.3
6.36.36.36.36.3
44444
44444
44444
44444
44444
44444
44444
44444
44444
+0.20-0.00
HBTSingle Acting Rod Seal
ØD1
H9
L1
Metric
C20-2issue 1 - 20/10/98
Items in BOLD are to suit ISO7425-2 housings.
ClaronPolyseal®
HBTYSingle Acting Rod Seal
Metric
Note: Clearance gap F is the maximum permissable. i.e. gapcompletely on one side, in the temperature range of -30°C to 80°CThe use of a suitably selected Claron bearing ring will effectivelyreduce the clearance gap F max. to a value closer to F/2 thusincreasing the pressure capability of the seal.F/2 should be calculated allowing for all movements due to side-loadand cylinder expansion.
L1
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed, pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
C21-1issue 2 - 12/08/08
Claron style HBTY is a single acting seal for gland applications useing the same housing designs as Style HBI and StyleHBT. Designed as a high pressure, low friction seal for use in second generation tandem sealing arrangements where thelower friction seal is used on the pressure side, and a 'low leak' but higher friction seal on the non pressure side to collectthe oil film during the positive stroke. This type of arrangement is used where both low friction and low leakage are required.The seals high pressure resistance makes it suitable foruse in heavy duty applications where shock loads and pressure spikes occur, as found in mobile plant equipment.
Both the inner sealing element and the energiser are available in a wide range of materials to suit a variety of applications.The inner sealing element is manufactured from high performance glass filled PTFE, energised by an NBR Sqaure sectionRing as standard. Materials can be specified by a part number suffix E.g. HBTY065/B Bronze Filled PTFE.
Maximum Working Pressure Bar (For Standard Materials) Temp. Range Temp. Range -30°C to 80°C 80°C to 120°C 400 Bar 350 BarMaximum Diametral Clearance F
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. For value of E/2, refer to the bearing ring requirements.Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
Style HBT may be deformed and fitted into a closed groove. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care betaken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
HBTY 050HBTY 055HBTY 060HBTY 065HBTY 070
HBTY 075HBTY 080HBTY 085HBTY 090HBTY 095
HBTY 100HBTY 105HBTY 110HBTY 115HBTY 120
HBTY 130
f8
Ød1 CNominal+0.20
-0.00
HBTYSingle Acting Rod Seal
ØD1
H9
L1
Metric
C21-2issue 2 - 21/02/02
5055606570
7580859095
100105110115120
130
6.36.36.36.36.3
6.36.36.36.36.3
6.36.36.36.36.3
6.3
44444
44444
44444
4
65.570.575.580.585.5
90.595.5
100.5105.5110.5
115.5120.5125.5130.5135.5
145.5
Items in BOLD are to suit ISO7425-2 housings.
ClaronPolyseal®
Section DWiper Seals
Dissue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
PWBSingle Acting Rod Wiper Seal
Imperial
Claron Style PWB rod wiper is designed to remove potential system contaminants from a reciprocating rod during thenegative stroke. It is classified as a light duty wiper and is precision moulded in Nitrile 90o rubber. The wiper is machinetrimmed to provide a precise wiping lip.The wiper is compact in design making it ideal for use where space is an important factor.
Continuous operating temperature for various FluidsTemp. Range -30°C to 100°C
Max.Linear Speed m/sec 3.0
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal.Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
Style PWB may be deformed and fitted into a closed groove housing as shown below. For the seal to function correctly,it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed, and surface finish.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
D1-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
PWB 0PWB 01PWB 1PWB 2PWB 3
PWB 4PWB 5PWB 6PWB 7PWB 8
PWB 9PWB 11PWB 12PWB 13PWB 15
PWB 17PWB 19PWB 20PWB 21PWB 23
PWB 25PWB 26PWB 27PWB 28PWB 29
PWB 30PWB 31PWB 32PWB 33PWB 34
PWB 35PWB 36PWB 37PWB 38PWB 39
PWB 40PWB 41PWB 44PWB 45PWB 46
PWB 48PWB 50PWB 51PWB 52PWB 53
PWB 56PWB 60PWB 61
Refer SealSelection
Ød1 ØD1 L1
Nominal
0.3750.4370.5000.5620.625
0.6870.7500.8120.9370.937
1.0001.1251.1871.2501.375
1.5001.6251.6871.7501.875
2.0002.1252.2502.3752.500
2.6252.7502.8753.0003.125
3.2503.3753.5003.6253.750
3.8754.0004.2504.3754.500
5.0005.2505.3755.5005.625
6.0006.5006.625
0.5400.6100.6800.7400.820
0.8800.9501.0201.0801.150
1.2401.3751.4201.4901.625
1.7701.8801.9602.0302.160
2.3002.4302.5702.7002.840
2.9703.1103.2403.3803.500
3.6503.7803.9204.0504.190
4.3204.4604.7304.8605.000
5.5405.8105.9456.0806.126
6.6207.1607.295
0.4300.4950.5600.6300.700
0.7600.8200.8800.9501.010
1.0801.2101.2701.3301.460
1.5901.7201.7801.8501.970
2.1002.2302.3602.4902.610
2.7402.8703.0003.1303.260
3.3903.5103.6403.7703.900
4.0304.1604.4104.5404.670
5.1805.4405.5705.7005.185
6.2106.7206.850
0.1200.1200.1300.1300.140
0.1400.1400.1400.1500.150
0.1600.1600.1600.1700.170
0.1800.1800.1900.1900.190
0.2000.2100.2100.2200.220
0.2300.2300.2400.2400.250
0.2500.2600.2700.2700.280
0.2800.2900.3000.3000.310
0.3300.3400.3450.3500.355
0.3800.4000.405
ØD2
+0.000-0.005
+0.005-0.000
PWBSingle Acting Rod Wiper Seal
Imperial
D1-2issue 1 - 20/10/98
±0.010
ClaronPolyseal®
PWOSingle Acting Rod Wiper Seal
Imperial
Claron Style PWO Rod wiper is designed to remove potential system contaminents from a reciprocating rod during thenegative stroke. It is classified as a light to medium duty wiper and is precision moulded in Nitrile 90o rubber. The wiperis machine trimmed to provide a precise wiping lip.
Continuous operating temperature for various FluidsTemp. Range -30°C to 100°
Max.Linear Speed m/sec 3.0
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal.Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
Style PWO may be deformed and fitted into a closed groove housing as shown below. For the seal to function correctly,it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed, and surface finish.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Claron Style PWS Rod wiper is designed to remove potential system contaminants from a reciprocating rod during thenegative stroke. It is classified as a medium to heavy duty wiper and is precision moulded in Nitrile 90o rubber. The wiperis machine trimmed to provide a precise wiping lip.The addition of sealing beads on this wiper provide positive sealing in the housing preventing moisture/contaminants frompassing the outside of the wiper.
Continuous operating temperature for various FluidsTemp. Range -30°C to 100°C
Max.Linear Speed m/sec 3.0
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal.Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
Style PWS may be deformed and fitted into a closed groove housing as shown below. For the seal to function correctly,it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed and surface finish.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Claron Style PWM Rod wiper is designed to remove potential system contaminates from a reciprocating rod during thenegative stroke. It is classified as a medium duty wiper and is precision moulded in Nitrile 90o rubber.The wiper is machine trimmed to provide a precise wiping lip.
Continuous operating temperature for various Fluids
Temp. Range -30°C to 100°C
Max.Linear Speed m/sec 3.0
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal.Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
Style PWM may be deformed and fitted into a closed groove housing as shown below. For the seal to function correctly,it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed and surface finish.Refer to Appendix 1section for further information.
Claron Style WM Rod wiper is designed to remove potential system contaminents from a reciprocating rod during thenegative stroke. It is classified as a medium duty wiper and is precision moulded in Nitrile 90o rubber.The wiper is machine trimmed to provide a precise wiping lip.
Continuous operating temperature for various FluidsTemp.Range -30°C to 100°C
Max Linear Speed m/sec 3.0
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal.Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
Style WM may be deformed and fitted into a closed groove housing as shown below. For the seal to function correctly, itis important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed and surface finish.Refer to Appendix 1for further information.
D5-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
WM 078110WM 098129WM 110141WM 118165WM 125173
WM 141188WM 157204WM 177224WM 196244WM 216255
WM 248295WM 314362
Refer SealSelection
Ød1 ØD1 L1
Nominal
2025283032
3640455055
6380
28.033.036.042.044.0
48.052.057.062.065.6
75.092.2
2429323638
4246515558
6986
4.04.04.06.06.0
6.06.06.06.05.3
6.07.1
L2
66699
99997
912
ØD2
+0.20-0.00
+0.20-0.00
WMSingle Acting Rod Wiper Seal
+0.20-0.00
Metric
D5-2issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
PWEDouble Acting Rod Wiper Seal
Claron Style PWE double acting Rod wiper is designed to remove potential system contaminants from a reciprocating rodduring the negative stroke and to assist sealing by collecting the fluid film on the positive stroke. It is classified as amedium to heavy duty wiper and is precision moulded in Nitrile 90o rubber. The wiper is machine trimmed to provide aprecise wiping lip. The wipers ability to assist sealing make it ideal for use where zero leakage is required. Claron WiperSeals Style PWE should not be utilised in combination with double-acting Rod seals unless the housing design allows forpressure relief between the wiper and the seal.
Continuous operating temperature for various FluidsTemp. range -30°C to 100°C
Max Linear Speed m/sec 3.0
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal.Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
Style PWE may be deformed and fitted into a closed groove housing as shown below. For the seal to function correctly,it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed and surface finish.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Claron Style CSW Rod wiper is designed to remove more tenacious mud and ice from a reciprocating rod during thenegative stroke. It is classified as a heavy duty scraper. The scraper is precision moulded in Nylon (PA) with a filter ofMOS2 to improve the friction and wear characteristics of the material. The materials high modulus (stiffness) allow it toaggressively scrape larger debris from the rod. the wiper is designed with an outside sealing lip providing positive sealingon the housing thus preventing dirt and moisture from entering the system around the outside of the wiper.
Temp. range -40°C to 100°C
Max Linear Speed m/sec 5
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal.Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
Styles CSW & CSWM are designed to snap fit into its housing. For the seal to function correctly, it is important that carebe taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
CSW CSWM
PA NylonDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 120H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 120H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 120H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 120H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 120HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based 80HFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based 80HFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S 80HEPG Polyglycol based 100HETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based 100
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed and surface finish.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Continuous operating temp. in various fluids
D7-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
D7-2issue 1 - 20/10/98
CSWM 016CSWM 018CSWM 020CSWM 022CSWM 025
CSWM 028CSWM 030CSWM 032CSWM 036CSWM 040
CSWM 045CSWM 050CSWM 055CSWM 056CSWM 060
CSWM 063CWSM 065CSWM 070CSWM 080CSWM 090
CSWM 100
Refer SealSelection
Ød1ØD1 L1
Nominal
2628333538
4143454953
5863686973
76788393
103
113
24.526.531.533.536.5
39.541.543.547.551.5
56.561.566.567.571.5
74.576.581.591.5
101.5
111.5
4.54.56.06.06.0
6.06.06.06.06.0
6.06.06.06.06.0
6.06.06.06.06.0
6.0
L2
6.56.58.58.58.5
8.58.58.58.58.5
8.58.58.58.58.5
8.58.58.58.58.5
8.5
ØD2
+0.20-0.00
+0.20-0.00
1618202225
2830323640
4550555660
6365708090
100
CSWMSingle Acting Rod Wiper Seal
Metric
+0.20-0.00
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
D7-3issue 2 - 21/02/02
CSW 050CSW 062CSW 075CSW 087CSW 100
CSW 112CSW 125CSW 137CSW 150CSW 162
CSW 175CSW 200CSW 212CSW 225CSW 250
CSW 275CSW 300CSW 325CSW 350CSW 375
CSW 400
Refer SealSelection
Ød1 ØD1 L1
Nominal
0.5000.6250.7500.8751.000
1.1251.2501.3751.5001.625
1.7502.0002.1252.2502.500
2.7503.0003.2503.5003.750
4.000
0.8751.0001.2501.3751.500
1.6251.7501.8752.0002.125
2.2502.5002.6252.7503.000
3.2503.5003.7504.0004.250
4.500
0.8120.9381.1871.3121.437
1.5621.6871.8121.9372.062
2.1872.4372.5622.6872.937
3.1873.4373.6873.9374.187
4.375
0.1720.1720.2340.2340.234
0.2340.2340.2340.2340.234
0.2340.2340.2340.2340.234
0.2340.2340.2340.2340.234
0.234
L2
0.2500.2500.3450.3450.345
0.3450.3450.3450.3450.345
0.3450.3450.3450.3450.345
0.3450.3450.3450.3450.345
0.345
ØD2
+0.008-0.000
CSWSingle Acting Rod Wiper Seal
Imperial
+0.008-0.000
+0.008-0.000
ClaronPolyseal®
PMWSingle Acting Rod Wiper Seal
Claron Style PMW metal cased Rod wiper is designed to remove potential system contaminents from a reciprocating rodduring the negative stroke. It is classified as a medium to heavy duty rod wiper/scraper. The wiper is precision mouldedin 98o Shore Polyurethane with an accurately machined lip. The high modulus (stiffness) of this material allows the wiperto scrape tenatious mud and dirt from the rod. The wiper has a metal case designed to press fit in the housing thusretaining the wiper. The metal case is coated with a corrosion resistant yellow Zinc plating. The press fit design of thiswiper allows it to be used in simple 'open ended' housing.
Temp. range -40°C to 110°C
Max Linear Speed m/sec 3.0
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal.Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
Style PMW is designed to press fit into an open ended housing. For the seal to function correctly, it isimportant that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
Imperial
AU PolyurethaneDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 40HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% nsHFD R Phosphoric acid ester based nsHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based nsHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S nsHEPG Polyglycol based nsHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based 60
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed and surface finish.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Continuos operating temperature for various fluids
D8-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
1.0001.2501.500
1.3751.6251.875
0.2180.2180.218
0.2810.2810.281
Refer SealSelection
L2L1ØD1Ød1
H8-0.000+0.020 Nominal
PMW 1000PMW 1250PMW 1500
PMWSingle Acting Rod Wiper Seal Imperial
D8-2issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
PFBDouble Acting Rod Wiper Seal
Metric
Claron Style PFB double acting Rod wiper is designed to remove potential system contaminents from a reciprocating rodduring the negative stroke and to assist sealing by collecting the fluid film on the positive stroke. It is classified as a mediumto heavy duty rod wiper. The wiper is precision moulded in 80° Shore Nitrile Rubber with an accurately machined lip. Thewiper has a metal case designed to press fit in the housing thus retaining the wiper. The press fit design of this wiper allowsit to be used in a simple open ended housing. The sizes are to common Japanese housing standards.Claron Wiper Seals Style PFB should not be utilised in combination with double-acting Rod seals unless the housingdesign allows for pressure relief between the wiper and the seal.
Continuous operating temperature for various Fluids Temp. range -30°C to 100°C
Max. Linear Speed m/sec 3.0
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal.Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
Style PFB is designed to press fit into the open ended housings. For the seal to function correctly, it isimportant that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
NBR RubberDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based NSHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based NSHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S NSHEPG Polyglycol based NSHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based NS
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed and surface finish.Refer to Appendix 1for further information.
Claron Style PFP double acting Rod wiper is designed to remove potential system contaminents from a reciprocating rodduring the negative stroke and to assist sealing by collecting the fluid film on the positive stroke. It is classified as a heavyduty rod wiper. The wiper is precision moulded in 92o Shore A Polyurethane with an accurately machined lip. The wiperhas a metal case designed to press fit in the housing thus retaining the wiper. The press fit design of this wiper allows itto be used in a simple open ended housing. The sizes are to common Japanese housing standards.Claron Wiper Seals Style PFP should not be utilised in combination with double-acting Rod seals unless the housingdesign allows for pressure relief between the wiper and the seal.
Temp. range -40°C to 110°C
Max Linear Speed m/sec 3.0
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal.Refer to appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
Style PFP is designed to press fit into the open ended housings. For the seal to function correctly, it isimportant that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
AU PolyurethaneDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 40HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% nsHFD R Phosphoric acid ester based nsHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based nsHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S nsHEPG Polyglycol based nsHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based 60
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed and surface finish.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
PFPDouble Acting Rod Wiper Seal Metric
D10-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Continuous operating temperature for various Fluids
Claron Style UPWM Rod wiper is designed to remove potential system contaminents from a reciprocating rod during thenegative stroke. It is classified as a medium to heavy duty wiper and is precision moulded in 92° Shore A Polyurethane.The wiper is machine trimmed to provide a precise wiping lip.
Temp. range -40°C to 110°C
Max Linear Speed m/sec 3.0
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal.Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
Style UPWM may be deformed and fitted into a closed groove housing as shown below. For the seal to function correctly,it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
AU PolyurethaneDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 40HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% nsHFD R Phosphoric acid ester based nsHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based nsHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S nsHEPG Polyglycol based nsHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based 60
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed and surface finish.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
D11-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Continuous operating temperature for various Fluids
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
UPWM 30UPWM 40UPWM 50UPWM 60UPWM 65
Refer SealSelection
Ød1ØD1
H11
L1
Nominal
30.0040.0050.0060.0065.00
38.6050.0060.0070.0075.00
33.0045.0055.0065.0070.00
5.307.107.107.107.10
L2
7.0012.0012.0012.0012.00
ØD2
H11 +0.20 -0.00
Single Acting Rod Wiper Seal MetricUPWM
D11-2issue 2 - 21/02/02
ClaronPolyseal®
PWDDesigned to preclude the ingress of contaminents into the system as well as assist in sealing the Rod. Produced inPolyurethane, the wiper is designed to fit into closed housings with pre-loading of the static face providing stability andsealing. The wiper is profiled such that the lip facing the media collects fluid passing the rod seal. The use of Polyurethanewith it's excellent properties combined with the proportioned design of the wiper will extend the service life of the rodseal.Claron Wiper Seals Style PWD should not be utilised in combination with double-acting Rod seals unless thehousing design allows for pressure relief between the wiper and the seal.
Continuous operating temperature for various fluidsTemp. Range -40°C to 110°C
Linear Speed m/sec 3.0
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal.Refer to Aappendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.Style PWD may be deformed and fitted into a closed groove.
For the wiper to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the wiper within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
Double Acting Rod Wiper SealMetric
AU PolyurethaneDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 40HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% nsHFD R Phosphoric acid ester based nsHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based nsHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S nsHEPG Polyglycol based nsHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based 60
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed and surface finish.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
D12-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
PWD 018PWD 025/1PWD 030PWD 030/2PWD 035/1
PWD 040PWD 042/1PWD 045/2PWD 048/1PWD 050
PWD 055/2PWD 060PWD 065PWD 070PWD 075
PWD 080PWD 085PWD 090PWD 095PWD 100
Refer SealSelection
Ød1 ØD1
H11
L1
Min.
1825303035
4042454850
5560657075
80859095
100
24.033.638.040.043.6
48.050.655.656.658.0
65.670.075.080.085.0
90.095.0
100.0105.0110.0
20.528.033.035.038.0
43.045.048.051.053.0
58.063.068.073.078.0
83.088.093.098.0103.0
4.05.35.27.05.3
5.25.35.35.35.2
5.36.26.26.26.2
6.26.26.26.26.2
L2
776
107
67776
77777
77777
H11 +0.10-0.00
ØD2
Double Acting Rod Wiper Seal Metric
PWD
D12-2issue 2 - 21/02/02
ClaronPolyseal®
EWSingle Acting Rod Wiper Seal
Imperial
AU PolyurethaneDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 40HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% nsHFD R Phosphoric acid ester based nsHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based nsHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S nsHEPG Polyglycol based nsHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based 60
Claron Style EW Rod wiper is designed to remove potential system contaminants from a reciprocating rod during thenegative stroke. It is classified as a medium to heavy duty wiper and is precision moulded in 98°Shore A Polyurethane.The wiper is machine trimmed to provide a precise wiping lip.
Continuous operating temperature for various FluidsTemp. range -40°C to 110°
Max Linear Speed m/sec 3.0
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal.Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
Style EW may be deformed and fitted into a closed groove housing as shown below. For the seal to function correctly, itis important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed and surface finish.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
D13-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
EW 275EW 300EW 350EW 362EW 437
EW 525EW 631EW 731EW 837
Refer SealSelection
Ød1 ØD1 L1
Nominal
2.7503.0003.5003.6254.375
5.2506.3127.3128.375
3.1873.5004.0624.1874.908
5.8446.9067.9068.969
2.9803.2783.8503.9504.697
5.6026.6657.6658.665
0.1870.1870.1870.1870.187
0.1870.1870.1870.187
L2
0.4370.5000.5820.5620.533
0.5940.5940.5940.594
ØD2
+0.008 -0.000
+0.004 -0.000
+0.008 -0.000
EWSingle Acting Rod Wiper Seal
Imperial
D13-2issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
Claron Wiper Seals Style 941 and 951 are designed as low friction Double-acting seals to assist the sealingcapability of single-acting Rod seal arrangements in arduous conditions. Double Acting Wiper Seals Style 941 and951 should not be utilised in combination with double-acting Rod seals unless the housing design allows forpressure relief between the wiper and the seal.
Claron Wiper Seals Style 931 are designed as low friction Single-acting Rod wiper seals for use with other singleor double-acting Rod seals in hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders. This style does not offer any assistance to thesealing capability of the Rod seal and therefore would not be recommended for use where Style 941 and 951 couldbe utilised. Housing sizes and tolerances for Style 931 are identical to Style 941. Style 951 utilises a seperaterange of installation sizes.
Standard materials are Virgin Modified P.T.F.E with a Nitrile O-Ring Energiser but both the inner wiper element andthe energiser are available in a wide range of high performance materials to suit a variety of applications. Theapplication parameters should be carefully considered prior to selecting suitable materials from the tables shown inAppendix 2-3. Consult Claron for further advise.
Temp. -50°C to 200°C, (Dependent upon O-Ring Material used see Appendix 2.)Velocity upto 15m/s linear, 5m/s Rotary or OscillatingThese range parameters are maximum conditional values.Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature, speed and surface finish.Refer to Appendix 1 section for further information.
The full range of diameters applicable to the �Standard�, �Light� and �Heavy� Duty Sections are shown in the tablebelow.
For Standard and Light Duty Sections split grooves should be utilised for Rod Diameters < 30mm For Heavy Duty Sections use split grooves for Rod Diameters <40mm
Single & Double Acting Rod Wiper Seals
Metric931
941951
D14-1issue 2 - 06/09/01
931 941 951
H o u s in g R o d D ia .
S e c tio n W id th S ta n d a rd D u ty L ig h t D u ty H e a v y D u ty
3 .8 4 .2 8 .0 to 3 9 .9 4 0 to 6 9 .9
4 .4 6 .3 4 0 to 6 9 .9 7 0 to 1 3 9 .9
6 .1 8 .1 7 0 to 1 3 9 .9 1 4 0 to 3 5 0 .0
8 .0 9 .5 1 4 0 to 3 9 9 .9 4 0 0 to 5 8 0 .0 1 0 0 to 1 3 9 .9
1 2 .0 1 4 .0 4 0 0 to 5 8 0 .0 2 0 0 to 3 9 9 .9
H o us ing R o d D ia .
S e c tio n W id th S ta nd a rd D uty L igh t D u ty H e a vy D uty
2 .4 3 .7 6 .0 to 11 .9 1 2 .0 to 6 4 .9
3 .4 5 .0 1 2 .0 to 6 4 .9 6 5 .0 to 2 5 0 .9 6 .0 to 11 .9
4 .4 6 .0 6 5 .0 to 2 5 0 .9 2 5 1 .0 to 4 2 0 .9 1 2 .0 to 6 4 .9
6 .1 8 .4 2 5 1 .0 to 4 2 0 .9 4 2 1 .0 to 5 8 0 .0 6 5 .0 to 2 5 0 .9
When ordering, prefix the size reference with the style required and use the suffix shown in the materialapplication tables.e.g. 931 Standard section in Virgin Modified material for 70mm Rod 931-0700/VM
941 Light duty section in Virgin Modified material for 70 mm Rod 941-0700/1VM941 Heavy duty section in Carbon filled material for 70 mm Rod 941-0700/2C951 Standard section in Virgin Modified material for 70mm Rod 951-0700/VM
For O-Ring energiser materials other than Nitrile, use suffix shown in material tablee.g Flourocarbon material (FKM), 941-0700/VM/FKM
For surface finish and lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below.For Housing dimensions and tolerances refer to the table of recommended sizes.
For F/2 values see note and tables For E/2 values refer to P.T.F.E. Guide Tape
For the seal to function correctly it is important that care is taken during fitting.For details refer to Appendix 3.
931 941 951
Single & Double Acting Rod Wiper SealsMetric
931
941951
D14-2issue 2 - 06/09/01
For Standard and Light Duty Sections split grooves should be utilised for Rod Diameters < 30mm For Heavy Duty Sections use split grooves for Rod Diameters <40mm
Dimensions in bold type conform to ISO 3320 :1987All intermediate sizes upto 580mm are available, incl. Imperial
951 951
Double Acting Rod Wiper Seals
D14-6issue 1 - 20/10/98
f8
d1
H9
D1
+0.20 -0.20D2
+0.20-0.00L1
Min
L2
SECT
SMAX
R1
ClaronPolyseal®
PWCDesigned to prevent the ingress of contaminents into the system thus extending the service life of the cylinder in applicationswhere there is a risk of large accumulations of dirt on the Rod such as earth moving equipment. The Wiper is designed withpositive seating of the outside face and beads on the inside diameter. These features provide sealing on the static face aswell as stability in the housing. The Wiper is produced in 98° Shore A Polyurethane which offers a high level of stiffnessproviding the Wiper with the ability to remove dried on mud from the Rod. The material also has excellent wear propertiesfor a long service life even under arduous conditions. The Wiper is designed to fit into closed housings.
Continuos operating temperature for various fluidsTemp. Range -40°C to 110°C
Max Linear Speed m/sec 3.0
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal.Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.Style PWC Wiper maybe deformed and fitted into a closed groove housing.
For the wiper to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the wiper within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
Rod Wiper SealMetric
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed and surface finish.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
AU PolyurethaneDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 40HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% nsHFD R Phosphoric acid ester based nsHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based nsHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S nsHEPG Polyglycol based nsHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based 60
D17-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
ClaronPolyseal®
PWC 045PWC 050
Refer SealSelection
Ød1 ØD1
H11
L1
Min.
4550
5358
50.555.5
55
L2
88
ØD2
H11 +0.20 -0.00
PWCRod Wiper Seal Metric
R1 R2
Nominal. Nominal.
0.40.4
0.20.2
D17-2issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
PWKSingle Acting Rod Wiper Seal
Claron Style PWK Rod wiper is designed to remove potential system contaminants from a reciprocating rod during thenegative stroke. It is classified as a medium to heavy duty wiper and is precision moulded in 92° shore Polyurethane. Thewiper is machine trimmed to provide a precise wiping lip. The design incorporates ribs on the heel working face to ensureconcentricity and stability.
Continuous operating temperature for various FluidsTemp. range -40°C to 110°C
Max Linear Speed m/sec 3.0
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal.Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
Style PWK may be deformed and fitted into a closed groove housing as shown below. For the seal to function correctly,it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing. For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,speed and surface finish.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Imperial
D18-1issue 2 - 09/12/03
AU PolyurethaneDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 40HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% nsHFD R Phosphoric acid ester based nsHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based nsHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S nsHEPG Polyglycol based nsHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based 60
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
PWK 1000PWK 1250PWK 1375PWK 1500PWK 1500A
PWK 1750PWK 1875PWK 2000PWK 2000APWK 2250
PWK 2500PWK 2750PWK 3000
Refer SealSelection
Ød1 ØD1
+0.005-0.000
L1
Nominal
1.3851.6351.7601.8851.760
2.1352.2602.3852.2602.760
3.0103.2603.510
1.0001.2501.3751.5001.500
1.7501.8752.0002.0002.250
2.5002.7503.000
1.0821.3321.4571.5821.582
1.8321.9572.0822.0822.405
2.6572.9053.157
0.1950.1950.1950.1950.183
0.1950.1950.1950.1830.255
0.2550.2550.255
L2
0.3430.3430.3430.3430.295
0.3430.3430.3430.2950.468
0.4680.4680.468
ØD2
+0.005-0.000
+0.005- 0.000
PWKSingle Acting Rod Wiper Seal Imperial
D18-2issue 2 - 09/12/03
ClaronPolyseal®
Section EPolymeric Plain Bearings
E
ClaronPolyseal®
To calculate the maximum allowable bearing load in Newtons for a Claron bearing ring used instandard hydraulic cylinder applications, multiply the projected area by the load capacity asfollows:-
1) To calculate the projected area multipy the ID of the bearing by its width:-
Projected area= ID(mm) x W(mm)
2) Multiply the projected area by the load capacity taken from figure 2 for the required maximumoperating temperature.
Claron produce four main types of polymer bearings for use in hydraulic cylinder applications. Eachhas a varying set of properties to cover a wide range of applications. The following tables aredesigned to help select the correct type for a given application.
Table 1 shows the properties for each type of bearing. Values shown as low/high should beinterpreted as relative to each other.
BT PBR EBR BGFLoad Capacity as a function of Temperature
Figure 1
Figure 2
Calculation of maximum allowable bearing Load
E0-2issue 1 - 20/10/98
Note:Figure 1 shows that the load distribution isnot even along the projected area, thishowever has already been taken intoaccount in the calculation of load capacity infigure 2.
50
5
Lubricated applications.
For unlubricated applications Claron recommends the use of Carbon bearing tape CT. See section E2
ClaronPolyseal®
Claron EBR & IBR bearing rings are designed for use on Pistons or Rods to align Rod and Piston and to prevent metal to metalcontact. This bearing is precision moulded from a high performance grade of Polyacetal. These bearing rings are Butt split tofacilitate assembly, and to allow the passage of fluid. See the 'selection of bearing rings' at the beginning of this section forfurther application details.
Max. Operating Temp 110°C
Max. Linear Velocity 1 m/sec
See graph at the beginning of this section forload capacity values
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions andmachining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal.Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
EBR & IBRPiston & Rod Bearing Rings Metric
Imperial
POM PolyacetalDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based 80HFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based 80HFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S 80HEPG Polyglycol based 100HETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based 100
Continuos operating temperature for various fluids
E1-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
For the bearing to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the bearing within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
R1 =0.2mm MAX
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
2532404650
5055606365
70758090
100
110115120120125
125127130140150
150160170180200
220250
1926344044
4449545759
6469748494
104109114114119
119121124134144
144154164174194
214244
10.010.010.010.010.0
13.013.013.013.013.0
13.013.013.013.013.0
13.013.013.019.513.0
19.513.013.013.013.0
19.519.519.519.519.5
19.519.5
2229374347
4752576062
6772778797
107112117117122
122124127137147
147157167177197
217247
ØGL1ØD1 Ød1
≤100mm +0.0 -0.05>100mm +0.0 -0.08
±0.20
EBR 25EBR 32EBR 40EBR 46EBR 50
EBR 50/1EBR 55EBR 60EBR 63EBR 65
EBR 70EBR 75EBR 80EBR 90EBR 100
EBR 110EBR 115EBR 120EBR 120/1EBR 125
EBR 125/1EBR 127EBR 130EBR 140EBR 150
EBR 150/1EBR 160EBR 170EBR 180EBR 200
EBR 220EBR 250
EBRPiston Bearing Rings
Metric
H9 ±0.40
E1-2issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
EBR 1000EBR 1250EBR 1500EBR 1750EBR 2000
EBR 2001/1EBR 2250EBR 2500EBR 2625EBR 2750
EBR 3000EBR 3250EBR 3500EBR 3750EBR 4000
EBR 4500EBR 4500/1EBR 5000EBR 5500EBR 6000
EBR 6500EBR 7000EBR 7250EBR 7500EBR 8000
EBR 8250/1EBR 8500EBR 9000EBR 9500
1.0001.2501.5001.7502.000
2.0002.2502.5002.6252.750
3.0003.2503.5003.7504.000
4.5004.5005.0005.5006.000
6.5007.0007.2507.5008.000
8.2508.5009.0009.500
0.7641.0141.2641.5141.764
1.7642.0142.2642.3892.514
2.7643.0143.2643.5143.764
4.2644.2644.7645.2645.764
6.2646.7647.0147.2647.764
8.0148.2648.7649.264
0.3930.3930.3930.3930.393
0.5120.5120.5120.5120.512
0.5120.5120.5120.5120.512
0.5120.7680.5120.5120.512
0.7680.7680.7680.7680.768
0.5120.7680.7680.768
0.8821.1321.3821.6321.882
1.8822.1322.3822.5072.632
2.8823.1323.3823.6323.882
4.3824.3824.8825.3825.882
6.3826.8827.1327.3827.882
8.1328.3828.8829.382
EBRPiston Bearing Rings
Imperial
ØGL1ØD1Ød1
≤4.000" +0.000" -0.002">4.000" +0.000" -0.003"
±0.004H9 ±0.010
E1-3issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
IBR 020IBR 022IBR 025IBR 028IBR 032
IBR 036IBR 040IBR 045IBR 045/2IBR 050
IBR 056IBR 060IBR 063IBR 070IBR 075
IBR 080IBR 090IBR 095IBR 100IBR 100/1
IBR 110IBR 120IBR 125IBR 125/1IBR 130
IBR 140IBR 145
2022252832
3640454550
5660637075
809095
100100
110120125125130
140145
2628313438
4246515156
6266697681
8696
101106106
116126131131136
146151
10.010.010.010.010.0
10.010.013.010.013.0
13.013.013.013.013.0
13.013.013.013.020.5
13.013.013.025.513.0
13.013.0
2325283135
3943484853
5963667378
839398
103103
113123128128133
143148
IBRRod Bearing Rings
Metric
ØGL1ØD2Ød2
≤115mm +0.05 -0.00>115mm +0.08 -0.00
±0.20f8 ±0.40
E1-4issue 2 - 14/07/09
ClaronPolyseal®
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
IBR 1000IBR 1125IBR 1250IBR 1375IBR 1500
IBR 1750IBR 1750/1IBR 2000IBR 2125/1IBR 2250
IBR 2375IBR 2500IBR 2625IBR 2750IBR 3000
IBR 3250IBR 3375IBR 3500IBR 3625IBR 3750
IBR 4000IBR 4250IBR 4375IBR 4500IBR 4750
IBR 5000IBR 5500IBR 5750IBR 6000IBR 6750
1.0001.1251.2501.3751.500
1.7501.7502.0002.1252.250
2.3752.5002.6252.7503.000
3.2503.3753.5003.6253.750
4.0004.2504.3754.5004.750
5.0005.5005.7506.0006.750
1.2361.3611.4861.6111.736
1.9861.9862.2362.3612.486
2.6112.7362.8612.9863.236
3.4863.6113.7363.8613.986
4.2364.4864.6114.7364.986
5.2365.7365.9866.2366.986
0.3930.3930.3930.3930.393
0.3930.5120.5120.5120.512
0.5120.5120.5120.5120.512
0.5120.5120.5120.5120.512
0.5120.5120.5120.5120.512
0.5120.5120.5120.7670.767
1.1181.2431.3681.4931.618
1.8681.8682.1182.2432.368
2.4932.6182.7432.8683.118
3.3683.4933.6183.7433.868
4.1184.3684.4934.6184.868
5.1185.6185.8686.1186.868
IBRRod Bearing Rings
Imperial
ØGL1ØD2Ød2
≤4.500" +0.002" -0.000">4.500" +0.002" -0.000"
±0.004f8 ±0.010
E1-5issue 2 - 21/02/02
ClaronPolyseal®
BT/CTThis range of products is designed for use in hydraulic and pneumatic piston and gland applications to minimise the problemsof metal to metal contact by inexpensive means. Produced from wear resistant filled grades of PTFE with its known propertiesof low friction, these products eliminate 'stiction' between moving parts, reduce 'nibbling' of the seal at high pressures due to radialmovement and are easily assembled.
For hydraulic applications we recommend CLARON P.T.F.E. bearing tape with a Bronze filling. Style BT....For pneumatic applications we recommend CLARON P.T.F.E. bearing tape with a Carbon filling. Style CT....Other materials are available ant the table in Appendix 2 should be carefully considered.Consult CLARON for further advice on alternative materials.
Temp. -60°C to 200°CVelocity 15m/secThese range parameters are maximum conditional values.Refer to "Bearing Selection" page E0-1 and "Bearing Materials" in Appendix 1.
E2-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Bearing TapeMetric
TAPE WIDTH 'W'In new designs, the choice of tape width 'W'is determined by formula based upon load,diameter and material capability under thegiven operating conditions.Note:Refer also to "Bearing Selection" page E0-1.
Material BT or CT Section & Width S & W Length L Type of cut R or O
TAPE LENGTH 'L'(For Temperatures upto 120°C)
Piston Application (mm)L=πππππ(0.99ØD1-S)-1
Rod Application (mm)L=πππππ(0.99Ød2+S)-1
For rolls of tape, quote length required andmaterial / size code. e.g. 15m BT 25097
Reciprocating Application Suffix R
TYPE OF CUT
Rotary or Oscillating Application Suffix O
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
For F/2 values refer to seal selection.
E/2=0.3mm to 0.5mm
R1 =0.2mm MAX
ClaronPolyseal®
Claron P.T.F.E. Bearing Tape is specifically designed foruse with P.T.F.E. Composite Seals. The nature of P.T.F.E.allows for a manufactured size giving a tighter fit than ‘harder’materials such as Phosphor-Bronze, Meehanite or PolyesterFabric. This reduction in radial clearance gives a marginalimprovement to the pressure capability of the seal but, moreimportantly, protects the seal from contaminant particleswithin the system. A combination of the design of the bearingand the characteristics of P.T.F.E. allow the particles tobecome embedded in the P.T.F.E. on the non-working face,thus also protecting the steel counterface from scoring.During use, bearing materials wear, causing debris andcontamination of the fluid.Extensive tests have shown thatparticulate contamination >15μm within the fluid, increaseswith the use of Phosphor-Bronze or Meehanite, and tends todecrease with the use of P.T.F.E. The harder debris created
E2-2
Figure 1
by these bearings also has a greater effect upon seal performance.Particulate contamination in the fluid surrounding the sealcan be over 100 times that in the main system due to the bearing preventing flushing of the seal space. Increased contaminationin this area will increase the probability of a large enough particle gaining access to the seal interface, causing damage andleakage.Claron P.T.F.E. Bearing Tape is designed to allow pressure relief to the seal by use of the expansion gap (k). Thisavoids the possibility of a pressure lock between the seal and the bearing, as well as eliminating the possibility of Hydrodynamicpressure build-up (shown in Figure 1) causing premature destruction of the seal.This relief also avoids the presence of excess pressure during the return stroke which can prevent the transfer of the fluid filmback to the pressure side of the seal, so creating the effect of a leaking seal. Pressure relief should be incorporated withinthe design of continuous bearings, particularly for fast cycling applications.The advantages of Claron P.T.F.E. BearingTape are not restricted to Composite Seals but apply to Nitrile and Polyurethane Seals.
The maximum radial load applied to the bearings will determine both the width ‘W’ of the tape and number of bearingsto be used. This can be calculated based on the radial force and the maximum permissible load capacity of thematerial at a given temperature. In the case of either lubricated dynamic, or unlubricated static applications BRONZEfilled P.T.F.E. tape should be used and the value of 'P' should be taken from graph 1 shown below.In the case of unlubricated Dynamic applications, friction has a much greater effect on the material which reduces thepermissible load capacity of the material as the velocity increases. Therefore to allow for the effect of velocity, the loadcapacity P taken from graph 1 for CARBON filled P.T.F.E. should be reduced by multiplying it by a factor f taken fromgraph 2.
Consideration of Radial Load
Lubricated DynamicConditions
F maxW= PxnxdF maxW= Pxfxnxd
Where:-W=Minimum Required Tape Width (mm)n=Number of BearingsF=Maximum Radial Force (Kp)d=Inside diameter of tape(mm)P=Permissible load capacity N/mm2)f=Reduction Factor
Claron BGF bearing rings are designed for use on pistons or rods to align rod and piston and to prevent metal to metalcontact. This bearing is precision moulded from a reinforced and heat stabilised grade of Nylon. The reinforcing fibresallows a higher than normal load capability and life span for this type of material. All Claron bearing rings are split tofacilitate assembly, and to allow the passing of fluid. See the 'selection of bearing rings' at the beginning of this section forfurther application details.
Max. Operating Temp 110°C
Max. Linear Velocity 1.5 m/sec
See graph at the beginning of this sectionfor load capacity values
Order using the part number shown followed bya suffix denoting the type of cut required:-
Type SuffixStraight cut /OAngle cut /R60 (where the number represents the angle required)
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensionsand machining tolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal.Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
For the bearing to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the bearing within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
E/2 = 0.5 to 1.0mm
PA NylonDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 120H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 120H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 120H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 120H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 120HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 55HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 60HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% 60HFD R Phosphoric acid ester based 80HFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based 80HFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S 80HEPG Polyglycol based 100HETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based 100
Continuos operating temperature for various fluids
Claron PBR bearing rings are designed for use on pistons or rods to align rod and piston and to prevent metal to metalcontact. This bearing is precision machined from a reinforced grade of Phenolic resin. The thermoset properties of thismaterial allows a high load capability even at higher temperatures. All Claron bearing rings are split to facilitate assembly,and to allow the passage of fluid.See the 'selection of bearing rings' at the beginning of this section for further application details.
See graph at the beginning of this section for load capacity values
Order using the part number shown followed by a suffix denoting the type of cut required:-
Type SuffixStraight cut /OAngle cut /R60 (where the number represents the angle required)
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal.Refer to Appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
For the bearing to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the bearing within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
ISO 10766:1966 sizes are shown in boldOther sizes available on request E4-6issue 1 - 20/10/98
≤100mm+0.00 -0.05>100mm
+0.00 -0.08
≤115mm+0.05 -0.00
>115mm+0.08 -0.00
E
1.0 to 2.0
ClaronPolyseal®
Section FBack-Up Rings
F
ClaronPolyseal®
F4-1issue 2 - 22/09/09
This range of products is designed to overcome the problems of 'O'-Ring extrusion when the system pressures are greaterthan the sealing capabilities of an unsupported 'O'-Ring. The use of P.T.F.E. for anti-extrusion rings has many advantages over'hard rubber' materials, particularly at high system pressures. The cold flow characteristics of PTFE are used to full advantagein reducing the extrusion gaps to a minimum and allowing automatic compensation for wear. The capability of specialistcompounding to suit extremes of duty combined with a high resistance to virtually all chemicals, low friction and wear ratesrender PTFE as the ideal material for anti-extrusion devices.
Variations
SpiralThe spiral back up ring is the most common style in use being effectively self adjusting to diametral tolerances.Spiral back up rings are manufactured from virgin PTFE only.
Manufactured to suit O-Rings to BS1806, BS4518, JISB2401, JW17000, MS28782 standards
Order as part number shown on table.e.g. BS 210 or as below...BS1806 ... BS006 JISB2401 ... JISP003BS4518 ... BS0031-16 JW17000 ... SJWI7001MS28782 ... MS28782-001
EndlessThe endless back up ring is used where problems can occur with the rotation of a screwed endcaps which onassembly could cause a spiral type to unwind. Endless back up rings are normally manufactured from virginPTFE.
Manufactured to suit O-Rings to BS1806, BS4518, JISB2401, MS27595 standards.
Order as part number shown on the table with suffix E, e.g. BS 210/E or as below...BS1806 ... BS006/E BS4518 ... BS0031-16/EJISB2401... JISP003/E MS27595 ... MS27595-004
Endless SplitThe endless split back up ring is manufactured as the endless style but is split at 30o to facilitate ease ofassembly in certain applications. Endless split back up rings are normally manufactured from virgin PTFE.
Manufactured to suit O-Rings to BS1806, BS4518, JISB2401, MS28774, AS8791/1 standards.
Order as part number shown on the table with the suffix ES, e.g. BS 210/ES or as below...BS1806 ... BS006/ES BS4518 ... BS0031-16/ESJISB2401 ... JISP003/ES MS28774 ... MS28774-004/ESAS8791/1 ... M8791-004/ES
Materials
All the above can be supplied in a variety of PTFE materials including Virgin PTFE, Glass Filled PTFE and materialspecifications to MIL-R-8791/1.The Endless and Endless Split Styles can also be supplied in Acetal, Nylon and Peek materials along with a variety ofother filled PTFE grades such as Carbon and Bronze.
PTFE Back-Up Rings
ClaronPolyseal®
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal. Refer to appendix 4 for value of tolerance symbols.
For the back up ring to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the backup within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
HOUSING DIMENSIONS (refer to following tables 1& 2)
Claron style CFS flange seal is designed to suit the SAE J518 range of flanges, and common metric flange sizes.The seal is manufactured in Claron's high performance grade of Polyurethane with excellent resistance to extrusion andcompression set over a wide temperature range. The design offers many performance advantages over common o-ring, orrubber based flange seals, including the elimination of the 'pumping effect'.
For surface finish and recommended lead in chamfers refer to the illustration below. For housing dimensions and machiningtolerances refer to the catalogue page of selected seal.
For the seal to function correctly, it is important that care be taken in fitting the seal within its housing.For a detailed checklist, refer to Appendix 3.
These range perameters are Maximum simultaneous conditions.
Max. Pressure400 Bar
Temp Range-40 to 110°C
AU PolyurethaneDIN Hydraulic Fluid Description °C
H Mineral oil without additives 100H-L Mineral Fluid with anti corrosion and anti ageing additives 100H-LP Mineral oil as HL plus additives reducing wear, raising load 100H-LPD Mineral oil as H-LP but with detergents and dispersants 100H-V Mineral oil as H-LP plus improved viscosity temp. 100HFA E Emulsions of mineral oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFA S Synthetic oil in water. Water content 80-95% 40HFB Emulsions of water in mineral oil. Water content 40% 40HFC Aqueous polymer solutions. Water content 35% nsHFD R Phosphoric acid ester based nsHFD S Chlorinated hydrocarbon based nsHFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S nsHEPG Polyglycol based nsHETG Vegetable Oil based 60HEES Fully synthetic ester based 60
Continuous operating temperature for various Fluids
Optimum service conditions are affected by temperature,pressure, surface finish and extrusion gaps.Refer to Appendix 1 for further information.
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
ClaronPolyseal®
CFSStatic Flange Seal
CFSM 0335-0263CFSM 0450-0362
26.336.2
2.23.3
0.250.25
3.64.4
0.50.5
33.545.0
Max.
R1
Nominal +0.05 -0.05
L1 Ød1
+0.25 -0.25
SL2
+0.10 -0.10ØD1
F5-2issue 1 - 20/10/98
Metric
+0.00 -0.25Nominal
Flange Size
--
Nominal Dimensions & Machining TolerancesClaron
Part Number
ClaronPolyseal®
CFSStatic Flange Seal
CFS 0500CFS 0750CFS 1000CFS 1250CFS 1500
CFS 2000
0.6700.9201.2301.4201.785
2.160
0.1100.1100.1100.1100.110
0.110
0.0100.0100.0100.0100.010
0.010
0.1650.1650.1650.1650.165
0.165
0.0300.0300.0300.0300.030
0.030
1.0001.2501.5601.7502.125
2.500
Max.
R1
Nominal +0.005 -0.005
L1 Ød1
+0.010 -0.010
SL2
+0.005 -0.005
ØD1
ImperialSAE J518
+0.000 -0.010Nominal
Flange Size
0.5000.7501.0001.2501.500
2.000
F5-3
ClaronPolyseal®
Other Claron Group Products
ClaronPolyseal®
G-1
Claron (Plastics) Ltd.Claron (Plastics) Ltd. is the U.K.’s largest manufacturer of stockshapes based on P.T.F.E. compounds specifically developed forsealing systems. The quality of this range has also gained theapproval and wide spread use of many other industries, includingchemical and process plant. Typical machined products includebellows, balls, lantern rings, valve seats, and dip pipes. For furtherdetailed information on the above, or technical design details ofspecific products, contact:-
Claron Hydraulic ServicesClaron Hydraulic Services manufacture an extensive range of‘standard seals’, Bearing rings, Back-up rings, and PTFE O-Ringssupplemented by an unsurpassed capability for custom designedproducts and the high quality production of complex componentsto customer specification.Claron’s knowledge and expertise also includes the use of otherspecialist engineering plastics such as PCTFE, PEEK, UHMWPE,POM, PA, etc. and the production of various products in designs andsizes to meet other European, Asian, and American housingstandards. For further information on these and any other plasticsealing products, contact:-
Claron Hydraulic Seals Ltd. manufacture a comprehensive rangeof high quality hydraulic and pneumatic sealing systems. The rangeencompasses the latest modern designs including one piece pistonseals, Polyurethane rod seals, and wiper seals. The product rangesmeet European, American, and Asian housing standards and aremanufactured in materials including rubber fabric, Polyurethane,modified P.T.F.E.’s and other high performance compounds. Claronalso provides a range of customer related services including thesupply of seal kits packaged to meet the requirements of bothproduction and after market sales.
At first glance, there are almost as many seal designs as thereare applications. In practice there are only a few principles toapply to any application design and thereafter the constraints ofmaterial choice, production technique and acceptable costdesignate a suitable type of seal. Refinements to variousaspects of seal geometry, material properties and housingdesigns can however have a significant effect on theperformance and capability of the seal.
Claron as a manufacturer of hydraulic pressure seals in a hugevariety of designs and materials ensure that the productsoffered are based upon the sound knowledge of performanceand suitability for any given application, rather than upon thelimitations of availability.Whatever the demand and complexity of the required sealingsystem every seal has the same basic function, to prevent orminimise leakage between the two parts.When selecting a seal a series of requirements are made bythose using seals and these should be given considerationbefore final selection is made.
Environmental ServiceabilitySimple InstallationOperational ReliabilityTolerance to the sealing mediaFrictional requirementsAbility to function within a temperature rangeGood sealing at high and low pressuresResistance to extrusion between mating parts
Consideration and evaluation of these demands within the sealsoperating conditions is important as are the influencing factorsof pressure, temperature, speed, and surface finish.
Pressure affects the seal by forcing it into the gap which existsbetween toleranced machined parts at the non pressure side ofthe seal. When the gap is too large the heel of the seal willshow “nibbling” and result in premature seal failure. Thisextrusion will increase if the seal is in a condition of sideloading. To minimise extrusion whilst maintaining reasonablemachining tolerances seals fitted withanti-extrusion wear rings should be selected. The use ofbearing rings will also reduce potential maximum extrusiongaps. Permissible extrusion gaps / pressure graphs are shownfor all piston and rod seals within this catalogue.
The operating temperature of the sealing media affects thechoice of sealing materials. Normal operating temperaturesare usually between 80°C and sometimes 100°C. Theoptimum functional temperature for seals and oil stability isbetween 40°C and 50°C. At low temperatures the sealmaterial will stiffen and may become brittle although it willrelax as the temperature rises. With high temperatures theseal material will become more elastic and losecompression set. The higher temperatures will also reducethe viscosity of the oil resulting in accelerated wear of theseals. For PTFE seals the effect of temperature will bebased on the seals energiser.
Seals ride on a film of lubricant between the seal lip andmoving surface. The fluid is drawn under by movement andis known as hydrodynamic drag. Friction will depend uponthe thickness of this lubricating film which will be squeezedto its minimum thickness when there is no movement, andcreates stiction. Frictional force begins to decrease with anincrease in velocity as more lubricating fluid is then drawnbetween the seal and moving surface. There is a pointreached with increasing velocity that the frictional forceagain rises and the seal will begin to wear. PTFE seals havean extremely low coefficient of friction when moving on othersurfaces and may be a possible exception to this rule.
The operating life of a seal is greatly influenced by theconsiderations of the dynamic surface and the method usedto produce this surface texture. For instance honing androller burnishing may give the same surface finish value butthe surface profile would differ. The aim of all types ofsurface finish is to provide a surface which causes theminimum wear to the seal. Rod seals because of theirposition in the sealing system are prone to contaminantsentering from the atmosphere and therefore rods should havea surface resistance to corrosion and similar to the besthard chrome. The static surfaces of the seal housing areimportant as the sealing media may pass over the seal if notwithin the recommended surface finish.Figure 2 shows a diagrammatic representationof average roughness value Ra.
1-1issue 2 - 20/07/10
Figure 2
These characteristics are defined in DIN EN ISO 4287along with Rmr, mating surface ratio,
which should be 50-70% for optimum performance.
ClaronPolyseal®
The average roughness Ra (CLA an abbreviation of centreline average height) is the arithmetic and geometricaverage value of the profile variation in Y direction from themiddle line within the reference length LThe optimum values of surface roughness for various sealtypes is summarised below:-
PTFE Seals optimum Ra : 0.1 - 0.25 µmAbove 0.3µm :Effect dependant upon Rsk (skewness)Rsk -1: Higher leakage, little wearRsk < -1: High friction and wearBelow 0.1µm : Friction and wear increases
Rubber Seals Dynamic optimum Ra : 0.1 - 0.25 µmupto 0.4 µm : Slight increase in wearabove 0.4 µm : Wear leakage and friction increasebelow 0.05 µm : High friction and wearRubber Seals Static optimum Ra :< 0.8 µm
Polyurethane Seals optimum Ra: <0.25 µmabove 0.3 µm : Expect high wear and leakageAxial scores : Do not effect seal performance if less than0.05 µm in depth
Contamination within the system can occur due toinadequate cleaning of parts before assembly or/and dueto operational debris from the seal and bearings. Withlevels of contamination more intensive around the sealarea than in the system generally. The effect ofcontamination is that of seal wear and damage usually inthe form of axial scores. The extent of probability ofleakage will depend upon seal materials with PTFE beingmore prone to leakage when scored. Containments mayalso lodge under the sealing lip allowing a leak path.Bearing materials used in conjunction with seals may alsoeffect oil contamination due to wear debris with metalbearings producing an increase in leakage probabilityalthough reducing the surface roughness slightly whenused with rods.
Hydraulic fluids contain molecules of air which is liberatedby agitation. Air bubbles then occur and an oil vapourcollects usually at the highest point in the system.Compression of this mixture will result in a temperaturerise causing compression ignition. This process isrepeatable and is known as Diesel effect destroying theseal if repeated frequently. The sealing arrangement maybe protected with the use of Phenolic or phosphor bronzerings strategically housed. Sometimes air bubbles will beforced over the seal face expanding as they move to thelow pressure side of the seal manifesting itself as axialgrooves and resulting in subsequent seal failure.
Why choose P.T.F.E Composite Seals?Composite Seals were originally designed for low- friction orhigh-temperature applications. The development of PTFE andPTFE Compounds in particular, with these capabilities, hasgreatly extended the useful range of these seals far beyondthat of conventional Rubber / Elastomer based Lip-seals.Designs based upon an understanding of lip-geometry anduse of the latest developments in material technology haveallowed Composite Seals to become acceptable in thenormal sphere of operation of Lip-seals, not just in theextremes of duty for which they were originally intended.
The optimum speed range for conventional Lip-sealsis 0.1 - 0.5 m/sec. and whilst speeds of up to 4 m/sec.can be accommodated this, is only at the expense ofperformance and life. Below 0.1 m/sec. and above 0.5 m/secthe friction values rise sharply due to the breakdown of thelubricant film, causing friction and a build-up of heat. Attemperatures above 50°C this additional heat can alsoadversely affect the sealing material, causing swell, hardnessand mechanical property changes, with a resultant loss ofperformance.Low-Friction seals are obviously desirable at these extremesof speed or even through the optimum working range ofLip-seals when other factors are taken into account.
The Frictional Heat developed per second within slidingcontact is :-
Pf = f.p.v.A(Watt)Where:-f = coefficient of frictionv = speed (m/sec.)p = load (N/mm²)A = dynamic contact area (mm²)
1-2issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
Typical examples of the frictional loss of a HydraulicCylinder at various pressures is as follows :-100mm Ø Piston (fitted with DPW style seal), 60 mmØ Rod, 0.1 m/sec. speedWithin the range 50 - 200 bar the loss attributable tothe DPW seal is fairly constant at around 0.8% of thetheoretical pulling power of the cylinder. The lossattributable to the rod seals is as follows :-
Rod seal Pressure Frictional LossStyle CPI 200 bar 180 Kg
150 bar 120 Kg 50 bar 75 Kg
Style CPU 200 bar 280 KgStyle CS6 200 bar 130 Kg
Style Frictional LossCPI 1%CPU 2%CS6 0.5%
From this example it can be seen that the CS6 StyleComposite Seals have distinct advantages overconventional lip seals in terms of frictional loss.Fluid TransportIt must be emphasised that Composite Seals do notgive as dry a rod as conventional Lip-Seals operatingwithin their optimum conditions.The fitting of two single-acting Composite Seals intandem or the use of a double-acting wiper seal Style941 will significantly contribute towards ultimateperformance.From a practical point of view an absolutely dry rodcannot be achieved without an increase in frictioncausing a considerable reduction in seal life. For anyseal type, oil transport is essential but also variabledependant upon the velocity, viscosity of the oil andthe surface finish of the contact surfaces.Careful seal design, particularly in relation to thecontact area profile, optimises the amount of oil thatis transported back to the pressure side on the returnstroke..
Surface finish is an influencing factor on theperformance of a seal. For Composite Seals,Cylinder bores and Rods should have a surface finishbetween 0.1 - 0.4µm Ra.Within the housing, static sealing surfaces shouldhave a finish better than 0.8µm Ra.Even after prolonged use, Bronze Filled PTFE will nothave any significant effect on surface finish values.Carbon and Glass filled PTFE are more abrasive andwill slightly reduce the surface roughness.Surface finish can be affected by the use of hardbearing materials such as Meehanite, Phosphor-Bronze or Polyester-Fabric.It is generally recommended that PTFE BearingTape should be used with Composite Seals.
The optimum values of surface roughness for various seal typesis shown in the previous section.
P.T.F.E. Bearing Tape is specifically designed for use withP.T.F.E. Composite Seals. The nature of P.T.F.E. allows for amanufactured size giving a tighter fit than ‘harder’ materials suchas Phosphor-Bronze, Meehanite or Polyester Fabric. Thisreduction in radial clearance gives a marginal improvement tothe pressure capability of the seal but, more importantly,protects the seal from contaminant particles within the system.A combination of the design of the bearing and thecharacteristics of P.T.F.E. allow the particles to becomeembedded in the P.T.F.E. on the non-working face, thus alsoprotecting the steel counterface from scoring.During use, bearing materials wear, causing debris andcontamination of the fluid. Extensive tests have shown thatparticulate contamination >15µm within the fluid, increases withthe use of Phosphor-Bronze or Meehanite, and tends todecrease with the use of P.T.F.E. The harder debris created bythese bearings also has a greater effect upon seal performance.Particulate contamination in the fluid surrounding the seal canbe over 100 times that in the main system due to the bearingpreventing flushing of the seal space. Increased contaminationin this area will increase the probability of a large enoughparticle gaining access to the seal interface, causing damageand leakage.
1-3issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
Appendix -2-Material Properties,
Compatibility And Storage
2
ClaronPolyseal®
Compound Suitability For Fluids Gases & ChemicalsThe following data and information has been derived from many sources but should be regarded as a general guideonly. Consideration of compound selection for any given application should be in association with pressure, temperatureand media requirements.
AcetaldehydeAcetic Acid Gas at 70°CAcetic Acid GlacialAcetic Acid DilutedAcetone
AcetyleneAcrylonitrileAirAir at 180°CAir With Oil Mist
AmmoniaAmmonium HydroxideAnilineAsphaltBeer
Benzene/BenzolBenzaldehydeBlast Furnace GasBrake Fluid veg.Bromine Water
The following data and information has been derived from many sources but should be regarded as a generalguide only. Consideration of compound selection for any given application should be in association with pressure,temperature and media requirements.
Compound Suitability For Fluids Gases & Chemicals
AU PolyurethaneEPM Ethylene PropyleneFKM FlourocarbonIIR ButylVMQ SiliconeNBR Medium Nitrile
Key To SymbolsA SatisfactoryB FairC DoubtfulD Unsatisfactory- No Data
Key To Rating Guide
AU EPDM FKM IIR VMQ NBR Immersion Medium AU EPDM FKM IIR VMQ NBR
Seal Selection Materials - Plastic Faced SealsThe following tables are designed as a guide to the correct selection of the sealing element andenergiser materials for your particular application. The sealing element is dynamic making it'smechanical properties the priority in selection. More detailed capabilities relevent to individualseal types are given within the catalogue.The static energisers are rubber based compounds therefore fluid compatibility and temperaturerange are the main criteria for selection.
Materials For Sealing Element
Materials For Energiser
Storage:Deterioration of rubber products will be minimised if stored in accordance with BS 3574:1989P.T.F.E. is regarded as having no restrictions in terms of shelf life.
OSIssalC epyT noitpircseD RBN MKF UA MDPE MOP EFTP AP
H HH
lareniMdiulF
sevitiddatuohtiwliOlareniM 001 051 001 SN 001 002 021
L-H LHhtiwdiulFlareniMdnanoisorroc-itna
sevitiddagniega-itna001 051 001 SN 001 002 021
PL-H MHsevitiddasulpLHsA
dna,raewgnicuderyticapacdaolgnisiar
001 051 001 SN 001 002 021
DPL-H - htiwtubPL-HsAstnasrepsiddnastnegreted 001 051 001 SN 001 002 021
V-H VHhtiwtubPL-HsAytisocsivdevorpmi
ruoivaheberutarepmet001 051 001 SN 001 002 021
EAFH
emalFtnedrateR
htiwretaW
larenimfosnoislumE.retawnilio
%59-08tnetnocretaW55 06 04 SN 55 55 55
SAFH retawniliocitehtnyS%59-08tnetnocretaW 55 06 04 SN 55 55 55
BFHlarenimniretawfosnoislumE
..lio%04tnetnocretaW
06 06 04 SN 06 06 06
CFH .snoitulosremylopsuoeuqA%53tnetnocretaW 06 06 SN 06 06 06 06
RDFHemalF
tnedrateRtuohtiw
retaW
desabretsedicacirohpsohP SN 051 SN 021 08 051 08
SDFH nobracordyhdetanirolhCdesab SN 051 SN 021 08 051 08
TDFH RDFHfoserutxiMSDFHdna SN 051 SN 021 08 051 08
GPEH
-argedoiBelbad
desablocylgyloP SN 001 SN 021 08 051 08
GTEH cesabliOelbategeV 06 06 06 SN 06 06 06
SEEH desabretsecitehtnysylluF SN 001 06 SN 001 001 001
NS = Not Suitable
ClaronPolyseal®
Storage and Packaging of Rubber and Plastic products
Packaging
The requirements of packaging form an integral part of storage procedures as well as providing accurate identification.With the exception of Silicone Rubbers which may deteriorate if totally enclosed, all vulcanized rubbers should besealed or wrapped to avoid the free access of air.The packaging materials should preferably be opaque and free from such substances as copper naphthenates,creosote preservatives or any film containing plasticizer.The product should be packaged in such a manner as to avoid distortion.Some suitable materials are:-Polyethylene coated Kraft paper, aluminium foil / paper / polyethylene laminate and opaque polyethylene film.
Storage
1) Temperature. The storage temperature should be maintained below 25°C, however below 15°C extra careshould be taken to avoid distortion.
2) Humidity. The relative humidity shall be less than 65 % r.h and such that, given the variations in temperature,condensation is avoided.
3) Light. Protect from light sources, particularly direct sunlight and intense artificial light with high U.V4) Radiation. Protect from all sources of ionizing radiation (refer to BS3664, BS4094 and BS4513)5) Ozone. Protect from ozone and avoid organic vapour, combustion gases, mercury vapour lamps and any
high voltage electrical equipment which may generate ozone in the storage area.6) Deformation. Articles should be stored in strain-free conditions to avoid permanent deformation of the
article or indentations on the sealing surfaces. Rings of large diameter, such as O-Rings may be stored byforming into three loops to avoid creasing or twisting.
7) Contact with fluids. Articles must be stored free from contaminants such as petrol, grease, acids andcleaning fluids or their vapours.
Correct packaging of the stored articles will avoid many of the problems associated with unavoidable environmentalconditions and rotation of stocks will keep these harmful effects to a minimum.
Shelf Life Control
All articles with a limitation to their Shelf Life are marked by Claron with a cure date/batch date on the packaging.All Claron cure dates are traceable through the batch number for a minimum period of 10 years
All Claron materials with a restriction to their shelf life fall into three basic groups, A, B and C.A fourth group, U, is designated as being of unlimited shelf life if stored in accordance with these packaging andstorage requirements.
Each group has an initial period of safe storage followed by further storage periods after re-inspection and assessment.
PERIODIC INSPECTION CRITERIA
Before any component is stored for any extension period or further extension period, the followinginspection criteria is mandatory
Visual inspection - Inspection of the items or components in a representative sample fora) Permanent distortion, mechanical damage, flats or other defectsb) Tackiness or noticeable surface softening or hardeningc) Cracks (Extend or flex the material and check with a 10x magnifier)
If any of the above are found, the product must be removed from stock and destroyed.Testing - Providing that the representative items or components inspected are satisfactory
then the products shall be tested to ascertain that their performance characteristics are maintained
2-5issue 1 - 20/10/98
ClaronPolyseal®
All initial Shelf Life dates are calculated from the Cure Date / Batch Date and are categorisedas follows for unassembled products:-
GROUP A Initial period 5 years , possible extension periods every 2 yearsNatural (NR)Polyisoprene (IR)Polyurethane (AU)Styrene-Butadiene (SBR)
GROUP B Initial period 7 years , possible extension periods every 3 yearsAcrylonitrile-Butadiene (Nitrile) (NBR)Blends of Acrylonitrile-Butadiene and Polyvinylchloride (PVC)Epichlorohydrin (CO)Polyacrylate (ACM)Polychloroprene (Neoprene) (CR)Polyisobutylene-Isoprene (Butyl) (IIR)
GROUP C Initial period 10 years , possible extension periods every 5 yearsChlorsulphonated Polyethylene (eg. Hypalon®) (CSM)Ethylene Propylene (EPM)Terpolymer of Ethylene Propylene (EPDM)Fluoroelastomer (eg. Viton®) (FKM)Silicone (SI)
GROUP U Unlimited Storage period if packaged and stored in accordance with theserequirements and the further detail recorded in BS 3574 :1989
Polyoxymethylene or Polyacetal (POM)Polyester Elastomer (eg.Hytrel®) (TEEE)Polyamide (eg.Nylon) (PA 66)Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE)(Consult Claron for storage conditions relative to etched PTFE)Polyetheretherketone (PEEK™)Ultra-High Molecular Weight Polyethylene (UHMWPE)Phenolic Resin (SRBF)
GENERAL NOTES
When stored under low temperature conditions, stiffening of the material must be expected, heat soakingat a temperature higher than ambient for several hours will return the material to a normal state.No materials should be inspected in the cold stiff state. Do not use ovens or hot water to achieve this condition.The appearance of a “Bloom” is unimportant and is no evidence of degradationRecords of Shelf Life Extensions should be kept in a register and a new Shelf Life Expiry Date recorded.
2-6issue 1 - 20/10/98
Peek™ is a trademark of Victrex Plc.Hypalon®, Viton® and Hytrel® are registerd trademark of Dupont Performance Elastomers
ClaronPolyseal®
Appendix -3-Seal Installation
3
ClaronPolyseal®
Seal InstallationSEAL SEAL SEAL SEAL SEAL ASSEMBLASSEMBLASSEMBLASSEMBLASSEMBLYYYYY
Careful fitting and assembling of the seals will assist in preventing seal failure. The following check list is advisable
Ensure all metal parts are clean and free from contamination.
Check that the seal housing is free of sharp edges and burrs.
Where seals are to pass over threads, undercuts, etc. some form of protective sleeve should be used.
Ensure that the seal is the correct type, part number, and size as that specified.
When fitting single-acting seals particularly make certain that the pressure side of the seal is installed correctly.
Check that lead in chamfers available.
Oil the seal and surrounding metal components before fitting.
Certain seal types may require appropriate fitting tools to assist in damage free assembly.
Composite Seal InstallationComposite Seals can be assembled easily onto one piece pistons and into internal grooves. The material will stretch,deform and compress to allow assembly and will return to its original dimension after a period of time. If this period isunacceptable the ring can be reverted to its original size immediately by exerting a force opposite to that used toassemble in the first instance. This reversal of strain can be carried out many times with no deterioration of the materialproperties.
Assembly can be carried out in many ways and we show some suggestions for tools to facilitate the simplest assembly.It is recommended that the tools should be made from plastic material (POM, PA, P.V.C., etc.) to reduce the risk of anydamage to the seal.
3-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
Piston Seal AssemblyPiston Seal AssemblyPiston Seal AssemblyPiston Seal AssemblyPiston Seal Assembly
ClaronPolyseal®
Rod Seal AssemblyRod Seal AssemblyRod Seal AssemblyRod Seal AssemblyRod Seal Assembly
Small Diameters Or Deep Bores
Larger Diameters
3-2
ClaronPolyseal®
Appendix - 4 -Tolerance Tables
4
ClaronPolyseal®
Specified Tolerances
Imp
eri
al
Me
tric
4-1issue 1 - 20/10/98
lanimoNseziS
hcni
STFAHS)sretemaidedistuo(
hcni100.0stinu
SEROB)sretemaidedisni(
hcni100.0stinurevo ot 9e 8f 9f 8h 9h 01h 11h 01sj 11sj 8H 9H 01H 11H 11sJ
40.0 21.0 6.0-6.1-
3.0-9.0-
3.0-2.1-
06.0-
00.1-
06.1-
05.2-
8.0+8.0-
3.1+3.1-
6.0+0
0.1+0
6.1+0
5.2+0
3.1+3.1-
21.0 42.0 8.0-0.2-
4.0-1.1-
4.0-6.1-
07.0-
02.1-
08.1-
00.3-
9.0+9.0-
5.1+5.1-
7.0+0
2.1+0
8.1+0
0.3+0
5.1+5.1-
42.0 04.0 0.1-4.2-
5.0-4.1-
5.0-9.1-
09.0-
04.1-
02.2-
05.3-
1.1+1.1-
8.1+8.1-
9.0+0
4.1+0
2.2+0
5.3+0
8.1+8.1-
04.0 17.0 2.1-8.2-
6.0-6.1-
6.0-3.2-
00.1-
06.1-
08.2-
00.4-
4.1+4.1-
0.2+0.2-
0.1+0
6.1+0
8.2+0
0.4+0
0.2+0.2-
17.0 91.1 6.1-6.3-
8.0-0.2-
8.0-8.2-
02.1-
00.2-
05.3-
00.5-
8.1+8.1-
5.2+5.2-
2.1+0
0.2+0
5.3+0
0.5+0
5.2+5.2-
91.1 79.1 0.2-5.4-
0.1-6.2-
0.1-4.3-
06.1-
05.2-
00.4-
00.6-
0.2+0.2-
0.3+0.3-
6.1+0
5.2+0
0.4+0
0.6+0
0.3+0.3-
79.1 51.3 5.2-5.5-
2.1-0.3-
2.1-1.4-
08.1-
00.3-
05.4-
00.7-
3.2+3.2-
5.3+5.3-
8.1+0
0.3+0
5.4+0
0.7+0
5.3+5.3-
51.3 37.4 0.3-5.6-
4.1-6.3-
4.1-8.4-
02.2-
05.3-
00.5-
00.9-
5.2+5.2-
5.4+5.4-
2.2+0
5.3+0
0.5+0
0.9+0
5.4+5.4-
37.4 90.7 5.3-5.7-
6.1-1.4-
6.1-6.5-
05.2-
00.4-
00.6-
00.01-
0.3+0.3-
0.5+0.5-
5.2+0
0.4+0
0.6+0
0.01+0
0.5+0.5-
90.7 58.9 0.4-5.8-
0.2-8.4-
0.2-5.6-
08.2-
05.4-
00.7-
00.21-
5.3+5.3-
0.6+0.6-
8.2+0
5.4+0
0.7+0
0.21+0
0.6+0.6-
58.9 14.21 5.4-5.9-
2.2-2.5-
2.2-3.7-
00.3-
00.5-
00.8-
00.21-
0.4+0.4-
0.6+0.6-
0.3+0
0.5+0
0.8+0
0.21+0
0.6+0.6-
lanimoNseziS
mm
STFAHS)sretemaidedistuo(
mm100.0stinu
SEROB)sretemaidedisni(
mm100.0stinu-vo
re ot 9e 8f 9f 8h 9h 01h 11h 01sj 11sj 8H 9H 01H 11H 11sJ
6.1 3 41-93-
6-02-
6-13-
041-
052-
004-
006-
02+02-
03+03-
41+0
52+0
04+0
06+0
03+03-
3 6 02-05-
01-82-
01-04-
081-
003-
084-
057-
42+42-
5.73+5.73-
81+0
03+0
84+0
57+0
5.73+5.73-
6 01 52-16-
31-53-
31-94-
022-
063-
085-
009-
92+92-
54+54-
22+0
63+0
85+0
09+0
54+54-
01 81 23-57-
61-34-
61-95-
072-
034-
007-
0011-
53+53-
55+55-
72+0
34+0
07+0
011+0
55+55-
81 03 04-29-
02-35-
02-27-
033-
025-
048-
0031-
24+24-
56+56-
33+0
25+0
48+0
031+0
56+56-
03 05 05-211-
52-46-
52-78-
093-
026-
0001-
0061-
05+05-
08+08-
93+0
26+0
001+0
061+0
08+08-
05 08 06-431-
03-67-
03-401-
064-
047-
0021-
0091-
06+06-
59+59-
64+0
47+0
021+0
091+0
59+59-
08 021 27-951-
63-09-
63-321-
045-
078-
0041-
0022-
07+07-
011+011-
45+0
78+0
041+0
022+0
011+011-
021 081 58-581-
34-601-
34-341-
036-
0001-
0061-
0052-
08+08-
521+521-
36+0
001+0
061+0
052+0
521+521-
081 052 001-512-
05-221-
05-561-
027-
0511-
0581-
0092-
29+29-
541+541-
27+0
511+0
581+0
092+0
541+541-
052 513 011-042-
65-731-
65-681-
018-
0031-
0012-
0023-
501+501-
061+061-
18+0
031+0
012+0
023+0
061+061-
513 004 521-562-
26-151-
26-212-
098-
0041-
0032-
0063-
511+511-
081+081-
98+0
041+0
032+0
063+0
081+081-
Tolerances extracted from BS1916 with kind permission of British Standards Institution.
Tolerances extracted from BS4500 (ISO286) with kind permission of British Standards Institution.
Claron (Plastics) Ltd1. DEFINITIONS1.1 These conditions of sale shall apply to all orders givento and accepted by Claron Hydraulic Services or ClaronHydraulic Seals Ltd or Claron (Plastics) Ltd. In theseconditions “the seller” means Claron Hydraulic Services orClaron Hydraulic Seals Ltd or Claron (Plastics) Ltd. “thebuyer” means the person, firm or company purchasing theGoods, “the Goods” means the goods or materials whichshall be the subject of the contract.2. INCORPORATION OF CONDITIONS OF SALE2.1 These terms and conditions are the only ones to whichthe contract for the sale or supply of the Goods by the Sellerto the Buyer is subject. Any other conditions proposed orstipulated by the Buyer in whatever form, written or oral, arehereby expressly waived and excluded. These terms andconditions may not be varied except by the written consent ofa duly authorised representative of the Seller. An acceptanceof the Seller’s quotation for the sale or supply of the goods orof the delivery of the Goods implies an unconditionalacceptance of these terms and conditions.3. PRICES3.1 An order given by the Buyer is not binding on the Selleruntil accepted by the Seller in writing.3.2 The Goods will be charged at the price ruling at thedate of delivery, and will be subject to Value Added Tax.This is irrespective of any quotation given prior to that date,or of any price charged for similar goods previously deliveredunless the sale is specifically stated in writing by the Seller tobe at a fixed price or the quotation was in writing and stated tobe open for a fixed period and an order was accepted by theSeller within that fixed period.3.3 The prices quoted or charged exclude carriage andpacking costs.4. PAYMENT4.1 Payment is due not later than the last day of the monthfollowing the date of the Seller’s invoice to the Buyer, or beforeif required by the Seller.4.2 If any payments due to the Seller are not made on thedue date(s), the Seller reserves the right to suspend any orall deliveries of goods ordered by the Buyer and /or, bynotice in writing to the Buyer, cancel the contract withoutbeing liable for any consequential loss.4.3 The Seller reserves the right to charge the Buyerinterest on any sum outstanding beyond the period of creditallowed at the rate of 2% per month or part of a month.4.4 Accounts are strictly net and remittances by cheque,which should be accompanied by the remittance advice, areto be made payable to the Seller and sent to the sellersregistered address.4.5 No allowance will be made at settlement unlesspreviously acknowledged by the Seller’s official Credit Note.4.6 Under no circumstances shall the Buyer withholdpayment of any amount due to the Seller because of adisputed claim of any nature nor shall the Buyer be entitled toclaim a right of set off, claim or counterclaim in rspect of anyof the Seller’s obligations arising in respect of matters otherthan this contract.
5. DELIVERY5.1 The time for delivery shall not be of the essence ofthe contract. The Seller shall not be liable for any loss ordamage whether arising directly or indirectly from delay indelivery.5.2 Delivery of the Goods shall take place:-5.2.1 where the Seller undertakes delivery of the Goods,when they are loaded off the Seller’s vehicle, ship or othertransport at the station, port or address specified by theBuyer;5.2.2 where the Buyer undertakes to collect the Goods,when they are loaded on the Buyer’s vehicle or othertransport at the address of the Seller or the address of anystorage or warehouse facility used by the Seller for storageof goods.5.3.1 The buyer shall be deemed to have examined theGoods at the time of delivery unless notice of any loss ordamage in transit is given by the Buyer and received by theSeller with 5 days after delivery the Seller shall be relievedand discharged from all liability in respect thereof.5.3.2 The Seller’s liability in the case of loss or damage intransit shall be limited to repairing or replacing thedamaged Goods or, as the case may be, the lost Goodsand the Seller shall not be under any other liabilitywhatsoever, including indirect or consequential loss andloss of profit.5.4 The Seller may deliver against an order an excess ordeficiency up to 10% of the quantity ordered. The quantityactually delivered will be stated on the invoice.5.5 The Seller shall be entitled to deliver the goods byinstalments and to invoice the Buyer for each instalment.Each instalment will be considered a separate transactionand the failure of any one delivery shall not affect the dueperformance of the contract as a whole.6. FORCE MAJEURE6.1 This contract is subject to cancellation by the Selleror to such variations as may be reasonably necessary byreason of inability to secure labour, material, transport orsupplies or by reason of strike, lock-out, trade dispute,weather conditions, hostilities, legislation, Act of God orany cause whatsoever beyond the control of the Seller.7. WARRANTY AND LIABILITY7.1 The Seller warrants that the Goods are manufacturedwith all reasonable care and skill and where applicablecomply with the standard specifications set out in theSeller’s published literature in relation to the Goods currentat the date hereof and made available to the Buyer and thatthe Goods are of satisfactory quality. Subject to theprovision of sub-paragraphs 7.2 to 7.3 and to the extentpermitted by law, all other conditions, warranties orobligations whether express or implied by statute, commonlaw or otherwise and relating to the Goods are excluded,and the remaining provisions of this condition shall apply onlieu thereof. The seller shall not be liable for any indirect orconsequential loss or loss of profit whatever and howeverarising .7.2 If any of the Goods shall be found to be defective andsuch defects are reported by the Buyer in writing to theSeller in the case of apparent defects within 14 days ofdelivery. The Seller may, at its opinion, either rectify orreplace the defective part of the Goods at the place ofdelivery and in the condition originally specified or credit theBuyer with a corresponding proportion of the original invoice
ClaronPolyseal®
5-2
price but shall not be under any other liability in respect ofeither the original or any replacement Goods.7.3 The Seller shall be under no liability in respect ofalleged defective Goods unless:7.3.1 the Buyer gives to the Seller written notice and detailsof the defect within the periods mentioned in sub-paragraph7.2:7.3.2 the Buyer gives the Seller’s representative adequateopportunity to inspect the Goods and remove samples foranalysis:7.3.3 the Buyer has used, kept, maintained or dealt with theGoods properly and carried out no modifications.7.4 All descriptions and other particulars supplied by theSeller in catalogues, price lists or other documents issued bythe Seller or statements made orally are given for generalinformation purposes only and the Buyer acknowledges thatit is not entering into the contract in reliance thereupon.7.5 The Buyer shall have sole responsibility for ensuringthat the goods are suitable for its particular purpose and theSeller shall have no responsibility whatsoever to the Buyer forany damage liability cost claims or expenses suffered by theBuyer or any third party through following such recommendations .7.6 The Seller reserves the right to alter the specifications ofany goods without prior reference to the Buyer provided thatsuch alteration does not reduce the standard of the previousspecification or conflict with the special requirements in theBuyers order .8. CONSUMER PROTECTION ACT8.1 All warnings, data sheets, diagrams and otherinformation as to the use, storage, or disposal or the Goodswhich are made available to the Buyer before, at the time of orafter the time of supply of the Goods to the Buyer (“the data”)shall be complied with by the Buyer or, as the case may be,supplied by the Buyer to any person to whom the Buyersupplies the Goods or any product in which the Goodsare incorporated, and the Buyer shall impose a similarrequirement on such person. The buyer shall indemnify theSeller in full against all liabilities, costs, claims, demands andexpenses resulting from any failure by any person other thanthe Seller to comply with the data or to make the dataavailable to any other person.8.2 Where an indication as to time limit for the use of theGoods has been supplied to the Buyer, the Buyer shallprocure that all persons into whose hands the Goods maycome are aware of such time limits and shall not supply theGoods after such time limits have been exceeded.8.3 The Buyer will notify the seller of any intendedapplication of the Goods other than that contemplated in thedata referred to in sub-paragraph 8.1 above so as to enablethe Seller to verify that the Goods will be safe for use insuch application.8.4 The Seller shall not be liable to the Buyer in respect ofany defect in the goods (under the provisions of the ConsumerProtection Act 1987 or otherwise) where such defect isattributable to any act or default of a person other than theSeller.9. PASSING OF PROPERTY AND RISK9.1 The property in any Goods delivered by the Seller to theBuyer shall remain in the Seller until such time as the Buyerhas paid in full in cleared funds for those Goods and for anyother Goods delivered by the Seller to the Buyer.9.2 Notwithstanding this reservation of ownership, and
subject to sub-paragraph 9.3 the Buyer has the Seller’sconsent to re-sell any Goods which remain the property of theseller in which event the Buyer shall remit the proceeds ofsuch sale to the Seller up to the amount of any sums thenowing under sub-paragraph 9.1 and until so doing shall holdsuch proceeds of sale on behalf of the Seller in such a waythat they are kept separate and are readily identifiable.9.3 If the Buyer:9.3.1 has any distress or execution levied against the Goodsor any of the Buyer’s assets: or9.3.2 has a bankruptcy order made against the Buyer; or9.3.3 goes into liquidation whether voluntary or compulsory(except solely for the purposes of a reorganisation); or9.3.4 makes an arrangement with the Buyers creditors; or9.3.5 has an administrator or administrative receiverappointed over any of the Buyer’s assets; or9.3.6 receives a written demand from the Seller to payoverdue sums owed to the Seller.The Buyer’s consent from the Seller to do the acts referred toin sub-paragraph 9.2 shall determine and the buyer shallforthwith cease to have the right to deal with the goodsand the Buyer shall not thereafter sell or use the goodsbelonging to the Seller, save with the consent in writing of theSeller, until the Seller has been paid in full in accordance withsub-paragraph 9.1.9.4 The Seller shall be entitled at anytime to revoke theBuyers power to deal with the Goods.9.5 Upon determination of the Buyers power to deal withthe goods under condition 9.3 or 9.4, the Buyer shall placethe goods at the disposal of the Seller and the Seller and itsservants and agents are hereby irrevocably authorisedwithout the need for consent of any third party using onlysuch force as may be necessary, to enter upon any premisesof the Buyer for the purpose of removing the goods.9.6 Until such time as property in the title to the Goodspasses to the Buyer, the Buyer shall hold the Goods on trustfor the Seller as bailee for the letter. The Buyer agrees to storeor move all Goods that are the property of the Seller in such away that they are readily identifiable as such, to insure thesame for their full value and to make a note in its accountingrecords that the Goods are the property of the seller.9.7 Notwithstanding the provisions in sub-paragraph 9.1 theGoods shall be at the risk of the Buyer from the time whenthey are delivered in accordance with clause 5.9.8 Where the property in the Goods has not been passedthe Seller may nevertheless maintain an action against theBuyer for the purchase price and all other monies owing to theSeller in relation to the Goods notwithstanding Section 49 ofthe Sale of Goods Act 1979.10. DEFAULT10.1 If the Buyer commits any breach of these conditions orif, in the opinion of the Seller, the financial standing of theBuyer becomes unsatisfactory the Seller may, withoutprejudice to his other rights and remedies, terminate thiscontract and any other contract between the Buyer and theSeller by notice in writing to the Buyer. The seller shallalso be entitled to require immediate payment for all Gooddelivered under this and any other contracts subsistingbetween the parties or (at the Seller’s option) security forpayment satisfactory to the seller. In the event of terminationunder the provisions of this clause the Seller shall be relievedof all liability under this contract and any other contract soterminated but such termination shall be without prejudice to
ClaronPolyseal®
any claim or right the Seller might otherwise have against theBuyer.11. PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS11.1 No warranty or representation is given by the Seller thatthe Goods do not infringe any letters patent, trademarks,registered designs or other industrial rights.11.2 The Buyer indemnify’s the Seller for any infringementsof any letters patents, trademarks, registered designs or otherindustrial rights for goods manufactured by the Seller to theBuyer’s specifications.12. GENERAL12.1 Any notice required to be given in writing under thecontract shall be given, where possible, by facsimiletransmission and otherwise by first class post, addressedto the registered office of the party for which it is intended,or to such other address as may be notified in writing inaccordance herewith for the purpose, and shall be deemed tohave been received, in the case of a facsimile transmission,upon transmission and, in the case of a letter 48 hours afterposting.12.2 No failure or delay by the Seller in exercising any of itsrights under the contract shall operate as a waiver thereof.12.3 The Buyer may not assign any of its rights orobligations under the contract.12.4 In the event that any of these terms and conditionsshall become or shall be declared by any court of competentjurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable in any way, suchinvalidity or unenforceability shall in no way impair or affectany of the other conditions hereof, all of which shall remainin full force and effect.12.5 In these conditions “Incoterms” means Internationalrules for interpretation of trade terms of the InternationalChamber of Commerce as in force at the date when thecontract is made, unless the context otherwise requires, anyterm or expression which is defined in, or given a particularmeaning by the provisions of Incoterms shall have the samemeaning in these conditions, but if there is any conflictbetween the provisions of Incoterms and these conditions, thelatter shall prevail.12.6 It shall be the responsibility of the Buyer to ensure thatall requirements applicable to the contract, whether statutory,regulatory, municipal and/or otherwise howsoever, (includingwithout limitation any relating to the importation or use of theGoods in the country of destination and for the payment ofduties thereon) are duly complied with. It shall be a conditionprecedent to the performance by the Seller of its obligationsunder the contract that all necessary licenses, permits andconsents shall have been obtained by the Buyer.12.7 Without prejudice to the generality of condition 12.6 theobtaining of any relevant exchange control consents shall be acondition precedent to the performance by the Seller of any ofits obligations under the contract.12.8 The conditions and contract shall not create orevidence, any agency or partnership between the Seller onthe one hand and the Buyer or any third party on the other.12.9 Any liability of the Seller under the contract shall besubject to and conditional upon the due performance andobservance by the Buyer of all its obligations under theseconditions, and subject to these conditions, the Buyer shallnot be entitled to withhold or delay payment or, exercise anyrights of set off whatsoever and howsoever arising or arisen
5-3
Health & Safety at work act 1974The act states that it is the duty of the manufacturersand suppliers to ensure so far as is reasonablypracticable, any product supplied for use ata place ofwork is safe and without risk to health when properlyused. The act also requires that adequate information bereadily available to the user regarding the function forwhich the product is designed.The information contained within this brochure ensuresthat, when correctly installed, the products will operatesafely under normal conditions.If in doubt with regard to a particular applicationand/or working conditions please consult ourtechnical department.
which might otherwise be available to it.13. PROPER LAW13.1 The contract shall be deemed to have been made inEngland and shall be governed by the construed inaccordance with English Law and both parties shall submitto the jurisdiction of the English Courts.APRIL 1995.